JVC HR-XV45SEZ Service manual

SERVICE MANUAL
DVD PLAYER & VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
7
2005
YD070
HR-XV45SEF, HR-XV45SEK,
HR-XV45SER, HR-XV45SEU,
HR-XV45SEY, HR-XV45SEZ
(EK model)
(EU, EY, EZ models)
(EF, ER models)
(EF model)
HR-XV45SEF,HR-XV45SEK,HR-XV45SER,HR-XV45SEU,HR-XV45SEY,HR-XV45SEZ [D5PV1]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
5
PRECAUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
COPYRIGHT © 2005 Victor Company of Japan, Limited
No.YD070
2005/7
SPECIFICATION
HR-XV45SEF
HR-XV45SEK
HR-XV45SER/SEU/SEY/SEZ
General
Power requirement
AC 200V - 240V, 50 Hz
Power consumption
17 W
430 × 78.5 × 265 mm (w/h/d)
Dimensions (approx.)
Mass (approx.)
4.2 kg
Operating temperature
5°C to 35°C (41°F to 95°F)
Operating humidity
5 % to 90 %
Timer
RF Modulator
24 hours display type
-
UHF 22-68 (Adjustable)
System
Laser
Semiconductor laser, wavelength 650 nm
Video Head system
Double azimuth 6 heads, helical scanning.
Signal system
PAL
Frequency response
DVD (PCM 96 kHz): 8 Hz to 44 kHz, DVD (PCM 48 kHz): 8 Hz to 22 kHz, CD: 8 Hz to 20 kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio
More than 100 dB (ANALOG OUT connectors only)
Harmonic distortion
Less than 0.008%
Dynamic range
More than 100 dB (DVD), More than 95 dB (CD)
Inputs (VCR)
Audio
-6.0 dBm, more than 10 kΩ (SCART), -6.0 dBm, more than 47 kΩ (RCA)
Video
1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, unbalanced (SCART/RCA)
Outputs (DVD)
VIDEO OUT
1 Vp-p 75 Ω, sync negative
Audio output (digital audio)
0.5 V (p-p), 75 Ω, RCA jack × 1
Audio output (analog audio)
2.0 Vrms (1 kHz, 0 dB), 600 Ω, RCA jack (L, R) x 1/SCART (TO TV)
Outputs (VCR)
Audio
-6.0 dBm, less than 1 kΩ (SCART)
Video
1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, unbalanced (SCART)
• Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.
• Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. "Dolby", "Pro Logic" and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
• DTS and DTS Digital Out are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
• SHOWVIEW is a trademark of Gemstar Development Corporation. The SHOWVIEW system is manufactured under license from
Gemstar Development Corporation.(EF/ER/EU/EY/EZ models)
• VIDEO Plus+ and PlusCode are registered trademarks of Gemstar Development Corporation. The VIDEO Plus+ system is manufactured under license from Gemstar Development Corporation.(EK model)
1-2 (No.YD070)
SECTION 1
PRECAUTION
1.1
SAFTY PRECAUTIONS
Prior to shipment from the factory, JVC products are strictly inspected to conform with the recognized product safety and electrical codes of the countries in which they are to be
sold.However,in order to maintain such compliance, it is equally
important to implement the following precautions when a set is
being serviced.
1.1.1 Precautions during Servicing
(1) Locations requiring special caution are denoted by labels
and inscriptions on the cabinet, chassis and certain parts of
the product.When performing service, be sure to read and
comply with these and other cautionary notices appearing
in the operation and service manuals.
(2) Parts identified by the symbol and shaded (
) parts
are critical for safety.
Replace only with specified part numbers.
NOTE :
Parts in this category also include those specified to
comply with X-ray emission standards for products
using cathode ray tubes and those specified for
compliance with various regulations regarding spurious radiation emission.
(3) Fuse replacement caution notice.
Caution for continued protection against fire hazard.
Replace only with same type and rated fuse(s) as specified.
(4) Use specified internal wiring. Note especially:
• Wires covered with PVC tubing
• Double insulated wires
• High voltage leads
(5) Use specified insulating materials for hazardous live parts.
Note especially:
• Insulation Tape
• PVC tubing
• Spacers
• Insulation sheets for transistors
• Barrier
(6) When replacing AC primary side components (transformers,
power cords, noise blocking capacitors, etc.) wrap ends of
wires securely about the terminals before soldering.
Consequently, when servicing these products, replace the
cathode ray tubes and other parts with only the specified
parts. Under no circumstances attempt to modify these circuits.Unauthorized modification can increase the high voltage value and cause X-ray emission from the cathode ray
tube.
(12) Crimp type wire connectorIn such cases as when replacing
the power transformer in sets where the connections between the power cord and power trans former primary lead
wires are performed using crimp type connectors, if replacing the connectors is unavoidable, in order to prevent safety hazards, perform carefully and precisely according to the
following steps.
• Connector part number :E03830-001
• Required tool : Connector crimping tool of the proper
type which will not damage insulated parts.
• Replacement procedure
a) Remove the old connector by cutting the wires at a
point close to the connector.Important : Do not reuse a connector (discard it).
cut close to connector
Fig.1-1-3
b) Strip about 15 mm of the insulation from the ends
of the wires. If the wires are stranded, twist the
strands to avoid frayed conductors.
15 mm
Fig.1-1-4
c) Align the lengths of the wires to be connected. Insert the wires fully into the connector.
Metal sleeve
Connector
Fig.1-1-1
(7) Observe that wires do not contact heat producing parts
(heatsinks, oxide metal film resistors, fusible resistors, etc.)
(8) Check that replaced wires do not contact sharp edged or
pointed parts.
(9) When a power cord has been replaced, check that 10-15
kg of force in any direction will not loosen it.
Power cord
Fig.1-1-5
d) As shown in Fig.1-1-6, use the crimping tool to
crimp the metal sleeve at the center position. Be
sure to crimp fully to the complete closure of the
tool.
1.2
5
2.0
5.5
Fig.1-1-6
e) Check the four points noted in Fig.1-1-7.
Not easily pulled free
Fig.1-1-2
(10) Also check areas surrounding repaired locations.
(11) Products using cathode ray tubes (CRTs)In regard to such
products, the cathode ray tubes themselves, the high voltage circuits, and related circuits are specified for compliance with recognized codes pertaining to X-ray emission.
Crimping tool
Crimped at approx. center
of metal sleeve
Conductors extended
Wire insulation recessed
more than 4 mm
Fig.1-1-7
(No.YD070)1-3
1.1.2 Safety Check after Servicing
Examine the area surrounding the repaired location for damage
or deterioration. Observe that screws, parts and wires have been
returned to original positions, Afterwards, perform the following
tests and confirm the specified values in order to verify compliance with safety standards.
(1) Insulation resistance test
Confirm the specified insulation resistance or greater between power cord plug prongs and externally exposed
parts of the set (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and
audio input and output terminals, microphone jacks, earphone jacks, etc.).See table 1 below.
(2) Dielectric strength test
Confirm specified dielectric strength or greater between
power cord plug prongs and exposed accessible parts of
the set (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and audio
input and output terminals, microphone jacks, earphone
jacks, etc.). See Fig.1-1-11 below.
(3) Clearance distance
When replacing primary circuit components, confirm specified clearance distance (d), (d') between soldered terminals, and between terminals and surrounding metallic
parts. See Fig.1-1-11 below.
(4) Leakage current test
Confirm specified or lower leakage current between earth
ground/power cord plug prongs and externally exposed accessible parts (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and
audio input and output terminals, microphone jacks, earphone jacks, etc.).
Measuring Method : (Power ON)Insert load Z between
earth ground/power cord plug prongs and externally exposed accessible parts. Use an AC voltmeter to measure
across both terminals of load Z. See Fig.1-1-9 and following Fig.1-1-12.
a
Externally
exposed
accessible part
Z
A
b
c
V
Fig.1-1-9
(5) Grounding (Class 1 model only)
Confirm specified or lower grounding impedance between
earth pin in AC inlet and externally exposed accessible
parts (Video in, Video out, Audio in, Audio out or Fixing
screw etc.).Measuring Method:
Connect milli ohm meter between earth pin in AC inlet and
exposed accessible parts. See Fig.1-1-10 and grounding
specifications.
d
d'
Chassis
Power cord
primary wire
Exposed accessible part
AC inlet
Fig.1-1-8
Earth pin
MIlli ohm meter
Grounding Specifications
Region
Grounding Impedance ( Z )
USA & Canada
Z
0.1 ohm
Europe & Australia
Z
0.5 ohm
Fig.1-1-10
AC Line Voltage
100 V
100 to 240 V
Region
Insulation Resistance (R)
Japan
110 to 130 V
USA & Canada
110 to 130 V
200 to 240 V
Europe & Australia
R
1M
1 M /500 V DC
R
R
12 M /500 V DC
10 M /500 V DC
Dielectric Strength
AC 1 kV 1 minute
AC 1.5 kV 1 minute
Clearance Distance (d), (d')
d, d '
3 mm
d, d '
4 mm
AC 1 kV 1 minute
AC 3 kV 1 minute
(Class )
AC 1.5 kV 1 minute
(Class )
d, d'
3.2 mm
d
4 mm
d'
8 m m (Power cord)
d'
6 m m (Primary wire)
Leakage Current (i)
a, b, c
Fig.1-1-11
AC Line Voltage
100 V
Japan
110 to 130 V
USA & Canada
110 to 130 V
220 to 240 V
Load Z
Region
Europe & Australia
i
1 mA rms
Exposed accessible parts
i
0.5 mA rms
Exposed accessible parts
2
i
i
0.7 mA peak
2 mA dc
Antenna earth terminals
50
i
i
0.7 mA peak
2 mA dc
Other terminals
1
0.15
1.5
Fig.1-1-12
NOTE :
These tables are unofficial and for reference only. Be sure to confirm the precise values for your particular country and locality.
1-4 (No.YD070)
1.2
Preventing static electricity
Electrostatic discharge (ESD), which occurs when static electricity stored in the body, fabric, etc. is discharged, can destroy the laser
diode in the traverse unit (optical pickup). Take care to prevent this when performing repairs.
1.2.1 Grounding to prevent damage by static electricity
Static electricity in the work area can destroy the optical pickup (laser diode) in devices such as DVD players.
Be careful to use proper grounding in the area where repairs are being performed.
(1) Ground the workbench
Ground the workbench by laying conductive material (such as a conductive sheet) or an iron plate over it before placing the
traverse unit (optical pickup) on it.
(2) Ground yourself
Use an anti-static wrist strap to release any static electricity built up in your body.
(3) Handling the optical pickup
• In order to maintain quality during transport and before installation, both sides of the laser diode on the replacement optical
pickup are shorted. After replacement, return the shorted parts to their original condition.
(Refer to the text.)
• Do not use a tester to check the condition of the laser diode in the optical pickup. The tester's internal power source can easily
destroy the laser diode.
(No.YD070)1-5
SECTION 2
SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
2.1
DIFFERENT TABLE OF FEATURE
The following table indicates main different points between models HR-XV45SEF, HR-XV45SEK, HR-XV45SER, HR-XV45SEU and
HR-XV45SEY/EZ.
MODEL NAME
HR-XV45SEF
HR-XV45SEK
HR-XV45SER
SCART CABLE
PROVIDED
←
OPTIONAL
PAL B/G, SECAM L
PAL I, I/I, B/G, SECAM D/K, K1
←
NOT USED
22-68CH,[36CH]/I
22-68CH,[36CH]/K
OSD LANGUAGES
ENGLISH/GERMANY/FRENCH/
ITALIAN/SPANISH/DUTCH
ENGLISH/GERMANY/ITALIAN/
SPANISH/GREEK/PORTUGUESE
ENGLISH/RUSSIAN
REGIONAL CODE
REGIONAL CODE : 2
←
REGIONAL CODE : 5
MODEL NAME
HR-XV45SEU
HR-XV45SEY/EZ
SCART CABLE
OPTIONAL
←
BROADCASTING SYSTEM
RF OUT CH/RF OUT
SYSTEM [INITIAL]
BROADCASTING SYSTEM PAL I, I/I, B/G, SECAM D/K, K1
←
RF OUT CH/RF OUT
SYSTEM [INITIAL]
22-68CH,[36CH]/G
←
OSD LANGUAGES
ENGLISH/GERMANY/ITALIAN/
SPANISH/GREEK/PORTUGUESE
ENGLISH/POLISH/CZECH/
HUNGARIAN/SWEDISH/GERMANY
REGIONAL CODE
REGIONAL CODE : 2
←
Note:
Mark ← is same as left.
1-6 (No.YD070)
2.2
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR EEPROM IC SETTING(VCR)
EEPROM option code No. setting
NAME
OPT0
OPT1
OPT2
OPT3
OPT4
OPT5
HEX
00
00
00
00
00
00
12/26 -
00
V00
ID : LG
VERSION : 05
DATE : 02.17.05
MODEL
HR-XV45SEU
BINARY
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
NAME
HEX
OPT0
00
OPT1
F4
OPT2
60
OPT3
47
OPT4
03
OPT5
4B
HR-XV45SEK OPT0
00
OPT1
F4
OPT2
21
OPT3
87
OPT4
0D
OPT5
4B
HR-XV45SEY OPT0
00
OPT1
F4
OPT2
60
OPT3
47
OPT4
0B
OPT5
4B
HR-XV45SEZ OPT0
00
OPT1
D4
OPT2
60
OPT3
47
OPT4
0D
OPT5
4B
HR-XV45SER OPT0
09
OPT1
54
OPT2
A3
OPT3
47
OPT4
0D
OPT5
4B
HR-XV45SEF OPT0
00
OPT1
FC
OPT2
E8
OPT3
47
OPT4
0D
OPT5
4B
WR : OK I : EXIT MOVE :
EDIT :
-COM Ver.
ROM
Correction Ver.
BINARY
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
EEPROM option code No. setting procedure
1. DETECT NEW EEPROM (OPTION EDIT
SCREEN)
- Eeprom EDIT screen automatically appears if
replacing Eeprom.
- Setup option data using the cursor Up/Down key
of a remote control.
(Setup upon BOM depending on OPT0~OPT5
model)
Since an initial remote control is set to LG for LG
model, appropriately set optiona data using the
cursor Up/Down key.
2. EEPROM WRITED AND EEPROM INITIAL
- Writes data on EEPROM by using REMOCON
"OK" + FRONT PLAY KEY FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
3. PG ADJUST
1) Payback the SP standard tape
2) Press the "OK" key on the Remote controller
and the "PLAY" key on the Front Panel the
same time, then it goes in to Tracking initial
mode.
3) Repeat the above step(No.2), then it finishes
the PG adjusting automatically.
4) Stop the playback, then it goes out to PG
adjusting mode after mony the PG data.
4. BUYER SELECTION
- Font ejection key + open/close key for more than
5 seconds.
- Option code is displayed in TV
- First byte of OPTO is changed whenever front
eject key + open/close key.
- JVC remote conroller No.0.
(No.YD070)1-7
2.3
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR EEPROM (DVD)
POWER ON
DVD LOGO Status (NO Disk status)
DETECT NEW EEPROM
(OPTION EDIT SCREEN)
MODEL HR-XV45SEU HR-XV45SEK HR-XV45SEY HR-XV45SEZ HR-XV45SER HR-XV45SEF
NAME HEX
HEX
HEX
HEX
HEX
HEX
Remote control
Pause key 1 4
7
2 in order.
Press number 0~9, Press charater
A~F (1~6 for a while)
Use arrow key (
) to move
to approprite position and make
changes
Press pause key once
OPT 1
OPT 2
OPT 3
OPT 4
OPT 5
OPT 6
OPT 7
OPT 8
OPT 9
OPT A
OPT B
OPT C
OPT D
OPT E
OPT F
OPT G
44
45
00
D3
12
05
B0
00
00
00
80
00
00
00
00
00
47
42
00
D3
12
05
B0
00
00
00
80
00
00
00
00
00
53
45
00
D3
12
05
B0
00
00
00
80
00
00
00
00
00
50
4C
00
D3
12
05
B0
00
00
00
80
00
00
00
00
00
Change will be applied when power
OFF ON.
* OPTION
NTSC model does not have VCR option and use DVD option B~F as VCR option. (only DVD exist)
PAL model has another separate VCR option. (Both VCR and DVD exist)
1-8 (No.YD070)
52
55
00
D3
12
05
B0
00
00
00
80
0A
00
00
00
00
42
45
00
D3
12
05
B0
00
00
00
80
00
00
00
00
00
SECTION 3
DISASSEMBLY
This service manual does not describe DISASSEMBLY.
(No.YD070)1-9
SECTION 4
ADJUSTMENT
4.1
POSITION DRAWING OF DECK MECHANISM PARTS (VCR)
Top View
Order Of Disassembled
Parts firstly
Disassembled
9
2
2,3
2,3,4
2,3,4,5
2
6
4
7
3
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
5
10
8
12
11
18
1
16
33
17
19
14
2,3
2,3
2,3,13,14
17
17
15
17,18
13
35
7
21,22
15
Bottom View
20
32
21
31
31
24
32
21
25
24
34
28
23
27
22
29
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
26
21
21,22,23,
24,25,26
21,22,23,
24,25,26,27
21,22,23,
24,25,26,27
21,22,23,
24,25,26,27
25
2,3,14,
25,31
25,31
2,3,14
Ref.
Fixing Type Draw- Posi
ings tion
A-1 T
Drum Assembly
3 screws
A-2 T
Plate Top
2 hooks
A-2 T
Holder Assembly CST 6 chasses
A-2 T
Gear Assembly Rack F/L 1 hook
A-2 T
Chassis Hole
Opener Door
A-2 T
Chassis Hole
Arm Assembly F/L
Chassis Hole,
A-2 T
Lever Assembly S/W
1 hook
A-3 T
Motor Assembly L/D 1 screw
A-3 T
2 hooks
Gear Wheel
Arm Assembly Cleaner Chassis Embossing A-3 T
Chassis Embossing A-3 T
Head F/E
A-3 T
Base Assembly A/C Head 1 screw
A-4 T
1 hook
Brake Assembly T
A-4 T
Arm Assembly Tension 1 hook
A-4 T
Shaft
Reel S / Reel T
Base Assembly P4 Chassis Embossing A-5 T
Opener Lid
Chassis Embossing A-5 T
A-5 T
Arm Assembly Pinch Shaft
A-5 T
Arm T/up
1 hook
A-6 B
Supporter, capstan Chassis Hole
A-6 B
Belt Capstan/Motor Capstan 3 screws
A-6 B
Tab
Lever F/R
A-6 B
Clutch Assembly D37 Washer
A-7 B
Gear Drive/Gear Cam Washer/Hook
A-7 B
Hook
Gear Sector
A-7 B
Brake Assembly Capstan Chassis Hole
Part
27 Plate Slider
Chassis Guide
A-7 B
28 Lever Tension
1 Hook
A-7 B
29 Lever Spring
1 Hook
A-7 B
30 Lever Brake
1 Hook
A-7 B
Bass
A-8 B
6 Chasses
A-8 B
31
32
33
34
35
Gear Assembly P2/
Gear Assembly P3
Base Assembly P2
/Base Assembly P3
Base Loading
Base Tension
Arm Assembly Idler Jog
T:Top, B:Bottom
NOTE : Assembly order is a reverse of
disassembly order.
(1) For assembly, check the assembly mode is accurate.
(2) Parts firstly disassembled indicate parts firstly disassembled
in disassembly of related parts.
1-10 (No.YD070)
A-8 B
3 Hooks
Chassis Embossing A-9 T
A-9 T
Locking Tab
4.2
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF DECK MECHANISM (VCR)
Drum Assembly
Cable Flat
(S1)
(S1)
(S1)
Cap, FPC
H2
H1
Holder FPC
Fig. A-1
1. Disassembly of Drum Assembly
(Figure A-1)
Cautions in assembly of FPC
1) Separate cable flat from the Drum FPC and the Capstan
Motor.
2) Release 3 screws (S1) on the bottom side of the chassis,
and separate the drum assembly.
3) Release the hooks (H1, H2) and separate both the holder
FPC and the Cap FPC (disassemble if necessary).
Cap FPC
Drum FPC
Holder FPC
Assembly shape seen in the reverse direction
(No.YD070)1-11
Plate Top
(Fig. A-2-1)
(B')
(C)
(B)
Holder Assembly CST
(Fig. A-2-2)
(E)
Arm Assembly F/L
(Fig. A-2-5)
Lever Assembly S/W
(Fig. A-2-6)
(H4)
(E)
Opener Door
(Fig. A-2-4)
(H3)
Gear Assembly Rack F/L
(Fig. A-2-3)
Fig. A-2
1-12 (No.YD070)
(A)
(B)
2. Disassembly of Plate Top (Fig. A-2-1)
1) Separate the right part while leaning back the (B) part of
the plate top toward the arrow direction.
2) Separate the left part while leaning back the (B f) part of
the plate top toward the arrow direction.
(Tool used: Tool such as (-) driver, auger, etc with pointed
or flat end)
4. Disassembly of Gear Assembly
Rack F/L (Fig. A-2-3)
1) Separate the hook (H3) while leaning ahead the hook (3)
after moving the gear assembly rack F/L toward the arrow
(A) direction.
2) Separate the gear assembly rack F/L toward the arrow (B)
direction.
CAUTIONS
Assemble while pressing the (C), (C') part after corresponding them as in drawing.
CAUTIONS
For the assembly, correspond the gear part of gear assembly
rack F/L to the gear drive.
Gear Rack F/L
(C')
(C)
(B')
(B)
Gear Drive
3. Holder Assembly CST (Fig. A-2-2)
1) Firstly separate the left part from the groove on the (D)
part of chassis while moving the holder assembly CST
toward the arrow direction.
Holder Assembly CST
Chassis
(D)
5. Opener Door (Fig. A-2-4)
1) Separate the opener door ahead from the guide hole of
chassis while turning it clockwise.
6. Arm Assembly F/L (Fig. A-2-5)
1) Firstly separate the left part of the arm assembly F/L from
the groove of chassis while pushing the arm assembly F/L
toward the arrow direction.
2) Separate the right part from the groove of chassis.).
7. Lever Assembly S/W (Fig. A-2-6)
1) Separate the lever assembly S/W while pushing it toward
the arrow direction after removing the hook (4) on the left
side of chassis.
Chassis
2) Separate the right part from each groove of chassis
CAUTIONS
(H4)
Assemble by inserting the left part after firstly inserting the
(E) part of the holder assembly CST into the groove on the
(E') part of chassis.
(No.YD070)1-13
Arm Assembly Cleaner
(Fig. A-3-3)
(A)
(H5)
Gear Wheel
(Fig. A-3-2)
Base Assembly A/C Head
Motor Assembly L/D
(S5)
(Fig. A-3-5)
(Fig. A-3-1)
(A)
Head F/E
(C1)
(Fig. A-3-4)
(S4)
Fig. A-3
8. Motor Assembly L/D (Fig. A-3-1)
1) Take the connector (C1) connected to the Capstan motor
PCB out.
2) Remove a screw (S4) of the chassis (S4) and step backward, and disassemble it while holding it up.
9. Gear Wheel (Fig. A-3-2)
1) Release the hook (H5) of the gear wheel and disassemble
it upward.
1-14 (No.YD070)
10. Arm Assembly Cleaner (Fig. A-3-3)
1) Separate the (A) part of Fig. A-3-1 from the embossing of
chassis, and hold it up while turning it anti-clockwise.
11. Head F/E (Fig. A-3-4)
1) Separate the (A) part of the head F/E from the embossing of chassis, and hold it up while turning it anti-clockwise.
12. Base Assembly A/C Head (Fig. A-3-5)
1) Release a screw (S5) and disassemble while holding it up.
Arm Assembly Tension
(Fig. A-4-2)
(H7)
Reel T
(Fig. A-4-3)
Reel S
(Fig. A-4-3)
Spring Tension
Brake Assembly T
Spring Tension
(Fig. A-4-1)
(H8)
(H6)
Fig. A-4
13. Brake Assembly T (Fig. A-4-1)
1) Release the spring tension from the lever spring hook
(H6).
2) Disassemble the brake assembly T while holding it
upward.
14. Arm Assembly Tension (Fig. A-4-2)
1) Release the spring tension the hook (H7) from the arm
assembly tension.
2) After releasing the hook (H8) of the base tension, separate
it while holding it up.
15. Reel S/Reel T (Fig. A-4-3)
1) Disassemble the reel S/ reel T while holding it up (comparison between Reel S and Reel T)
Reel S
Reel T
CAUTIONS
Spring used for both brake assembly T and arm assembly
tension is used (2EA used).
(No.YD070)1-15
Opener Lid
(Fig. A-5-2)
(B)
Arm Assembly Pinch
(Fig. A-5-3)
(C)
Base Assembly P4
(C)
(Fig. A-5-1)
(H9)
Arm T/up
(A)
(Fig. A-5-4)
Chassis
Fig. A-5
16. Base Assembly P4 (Fig. A-5-1)
1) Release the (A) part of the base assembly P4 from the
embossing of chassis.
2) Hold the base assembly P4 up while turning it anti-clockwise.
17. Opener Lid (Fig. A-5-2)
1) Release the (B) part of the opener lid from the embossing
of chassis.
2) Disassemble the opener lid upward while turning it anticlockwise.
1-16 (No.YD070)
18. Arm Assembly Pinch (Fig. A-5-3)
1) Hold the arm assembly pinch up.
19. Arm T/up (Fig. A-5-4)
1) Turn the arm T/up to release the anchor jaw (H9) part of
chassis and then hold it upward.
CAUTIONS
For the assembly, check the (C) part of the arm assembly
pinch is assembled as in drawing.
- REVERSE THE MECHANISM.
Suppoter Capstan
(Fig. A-6-1)
Belt Capstan
(Fig. A-6-2)
Motor Capstan
(Fig. A-6-3)
Washer(W1)
Clutch Assembly D37
(Fig. A-6-5)
(L1)
(L1)
Lever F/R
(Fig. A-6-4)
Chassis
(S6)
Fig. A-6
20. Supporter, Capstan (Fig. A-6-1)
1) Turn the supporter and Capstan by 90 deg. clockwise
with a driver for disassembly.
22. Lever F/R (Fig. A-6-4)
1) Release the locking tab (L1) and then disassemble it
upward.
21. Belt Capstan (Fig. A-6-2) /
Motor Capstan (Fig. A-6-3)
1) Separate the belt Capstan.
2) Undo 3 screws (S6) on the bottom side of chassis and disassemble it upward.
23. Clutch Assembly D37 (Fig. A-6-5)
1) Remove the washer (W1) and then disassemble it
upward.
(No.YD070)1-17
(H10)
(H11)
Gear Sector
Gear Cam
(Fig. A-7-3)
(Fig. A-7-2)
(W2)
Washer (W2)
Brake Assembly Capstan
Gear Cam Hole(B)
(L2)
Gear Drive
(Fig. A-7-4)
(Fig. A-7-1)
Gear Drive Hole(A)
Plate Slider
(Fig. A-7-5)
Lever Tension
(Fig. A-7-6)
Lever Brack
(Fig. A-7-8)
(B)
Lever spring
(Fig. A-7-7)
Base Loading
Gear Cam Hole(C)
3 6
Chassis
Fig. A-7
24. Gear Drive (Fig. A-7-1)/Gear Cam (Fig. A-7-2)
1) Remove the washer (W2) and then disassemble the
gear drive.
2) Release the hook (H10) of the gear cam and then disassemble it upward.
CAUTIONS
For the assembly, adjust both the gear driver hole (A) and
the gear cam hole (B) straightly and then correspond the
gear cam hole (C) to the chassis hole.
25. Gear Sector (Fig. A-7-3)
1) Release the hook (H11) of the gear sector and then hold
the gear sector upward.
26. Brake Assembly Capstan (Fig. A-7-4)
1) Release the locking tab (L2) on the bottom side of the
plate slider and then disassemble it upward.
1-18 (No.YD070)
27. Plate Slider (Fig. A-7-5)
1) Disassemble the plate slider while holding it up.
28. Lever Tension (Fig. A-7-6)
1) Release the lever tension from the guide (A) of chassis
while turning it anti-clockwise.
2) Disassemble the lever tension while holding it up.
29. Lever Spring (Fig. A-7-7)
1) Release the (B) part of the lever spring from the guide
(A) of chassis while turning it anti-clockwise.
2) Disassemble the lever tension while holding it up.
30. Lever Brake (Fig. A-7-8)
1) Disassemble the lever brake while holding it up.
Gear assembly P2 Hole
Gear assembly P3 Hole
Gear Assembly P3
(Fig. A-8-2)
Gear Assembly P2
(Fig. A-8-1)
(H12)
Lever Tension Boss
(H13)
Gear sector (A)
Plate slider Hole(B)
(H14)
Base Loading
(Fig. A-8-5)
(B)
(A)
Chassis
Base Assembly P3
(Fig. A-8-4)
Base Assembly P2
(Fig. A-8-3)
Fig. A-8
31. Gear Assembly P2 (Fig. A-8-1)/
Gear Assembly P3 (Fig. A-8-2)
1) Hold the gear assembly P2 upward.
2) Hold the gear assembly P3 upward.
CAUTIONS
For the assembly, check the holes of both the gear assembly P2 and the P3 are adjusted straightly, and then correspond the gear section groove (A) to the plate slider hole (B).
32. Base Assembly P2 (Fig. A-8-3)/
Base Assembly P3 (Fig. A-8-4)
1) Disassemble the base assembly P2 downward while moving it toward the arrow (A) direction along with the guide
hole of chassis.
2) Disassemble the base assembly P2 downward while moving it toward the arrow (B) direction along with the guide
hole of chassis.
33. Base Loading (Fig. A-8-5)
1) Release 3 hooks (H12, 13, 14) of the base loading, and
then disassemble them upward.
- REVERSE THE MECHANISM.
(No.YD070)1-19
Base Tension
(Fig. A-9-1)
Arm Assembly Idler Jog
(A)
(Fig. A-9-2)
(B)
(C)
Chassis
(D)
Fig. A-9
34. Base Tension (Fig. A-9-1)
1) Release the (A) part of the base tension from the
embossing of chassis.
2) Hold the base tension upward while turning it anti-clockwise.
35. Arm assembly Idler Jog (Fig. A-9-2)
1) Push both (B), (C) parts in Fig. A-9-2 toward the arrow
direction.
2) Disassemble the arm assembly idler upward.
CAUTIONS
Take care to ensure that the (D) part in the drawing is not
hung to chassis in disassembly.
1-20 (No.YD070)
4.3
DECK MECHANISM ADJUSTMENT (VCR)
4.3.1 Tools and Fixfures for Service
SR K
1. Cassette Torque Meter
1. PUJ42881
1.
-V
HT
-S
2. Alignment Tape
NTSC: MHP
PAL: MHPE
3. Torque Gauge
3. PUJ48075-2
300
250
200
150
0 50
SR
VID K
CAS EO
S
TOR ETTE
Q
MET UE
E
VHT R
-303
-T
K- V HT0
SR
50
150
200
300
250
5. Post Height Adjusting Driver
(Roller driver)
PTU94002
(No.YD070)1-21
4.3.2 Mechanism Assembly Mode Check
Purpose of adjustment : To make tools normally operate by positioning tools accurately.
Fixtures and tools used
VCR (VCP) status
Checking Position
Eject Mode
(with cassette withdrawn)
Blank Tape (empty tape)
1) Turn the VCR on and take the tape out by pressing the
eject button.
2) Separate both top cover and plate top, and check both
the hole (A) of gear cam and the hole (A') of chassis correspond (Fig. C-2).
3) If it is done as in the paragraph 2): Turn the gear cam as
in No.2) after mantling the motor assembly L/D.
Mechanism and Mode Switch
4) Undo the screw fixing the deck and the main frame, and
separate the deck assembly. Check both the hole (A) of
gear cam and the hole (A') of chassis correspond (Fig.
C-1).
5) Check the mode S/W on the main P.C. board locates at
a proper position as in (B) of the Fig. (C-1).
6) Connect the deck to the main P.C. board and perform all
types of test.
CHECK DIAGRAM
Mode S/W
Gear Cam
(C)
(B)
Gear Drive
Correspondence of the gear cam hole (O)
and the gear drive hole (O)
BOTTOM VIEW
Fig. C-1
Motor Assembly L/D
Gear Cam
(A')
(A)
Chassis Hole
TOP VIEW
Fig. C-2
1-22 (No.YD070)
Gear Cam Hole
4.3.3 Previous Preparation for Deck Adjustment
(Preparation to load the VCR (VCP) with cassette tape not inserted)
(1) Take the power cord from the consent.
If doing so, proceeding to the stop mode is done. In this status,
(2) Separate the top cover and the plate assembly top.
input signals of all modes can be received. However, operation
(3) Insert the power cord into again.
of the Rewind and the Review is impossible since the take-up
(4) Turn the VCR (VCP) on and load the cassette while pushreel remains at stop status and so cannot detect the reel pulse
ing the lever stopper of the holder assembly CST back(however, possible for several seconds).
ward. In this case, clog both holes on the housing rail part
of chassis to prevent detection of the end sensor.
4.3.4 Torque Measuring
Purpose of Measuring : To measure and check the reel torque on the take-up part and the
supply part that performs basic operation of the VCR (VCP) for
smoothly forwarding the tape.
Measure and check followings when the tape is not smoothly
wound or the tape velocity is abnormally proceeded:
Fixtures and tools used
VCR (VCP) status
Torque Gauge
(600 g.cm ATG)
Torque Gauge Adaptor
Cassette Torque Meter
Play (FF) or Review
(REW) Mode
Mode
Item
Measuring method
Try to operate the VCR (VCP) per mode with the
tape not inserted (See 4.3.3 Prior Preparation for
Deck Adjustment).
Measure after adhering and fixing the torque
gauge adaptor to the torque gauge (Fig. C-3-1)
Read scale of the supply or take-up part of the
cassette torque meter (Fig. C-3-2).
Instruments
Reel Measured
Measuring Value
Fast forward Torque Fast Forward
Torque Gauge
Take-Up Reel
More than 400g cm
Rewind Torque
Torque Gauge
Supply Reel
More than 400g cm
Rewind
Play Take-Up Torque Play
Review Torque
Review
Cassette Torque Meter Take-Up Reel
40~100g cm
Cassette Torque Meter Supply Reel
40~210g cm
NOTE
Adhere the torque gauge adaptor to the torque gauge for measuring the value.
Torque Gauge (600g.cm ATG)
Cassette Torque Meter
SR K
Torque Gauge
-V
HT
-S
300
250
200
150
SR
K
Torque Gauge
Adaptor
0 50
VID
CAS EO
S
TOR ETTE
Q
MET UE
E
VHT R
-303
-T
K- V HT0
SR
50
150
200
300
250
Reel Table
Fig. C-3-1
Fig. C-3-2
(No.YD070)1-23
4.3.5 Guide Roller Height Adjustment
Purpose of adjustment : To ensure that the bottom surface of the tape can travel along with
the tape lead line of the lower drum by constantly and adjusting
and maintaining the height of the tape.
4.3.5.1
Prior Adjustment
Fixtures and tools used
VCR (VCP) status
Post Height Adjusting
Driver
Play or Review Mode
Adjustment Procedure
Adjustment position
The guide roller height adjusting screw on the
supply guide roller and the take-up guide roller
ADJUSTMENT DIAGRAM
1) Travel the tape and check the bottom surface of the
tape travels along with the guide line of the lower drum.
2) If the tape travels toward the lower part of guide line on
the lower drum, turn the guide roller height adjusting
screw to the left
3) If it travels to the upper part, turn it to the right.
4) Adjust the height of the guide roller to ensure that the
tape is guided on the guide line of the lower drum at the
inlet/outlet of the drum. (Fig. C-4-1)
4.3.5.2
GUIDE ROLLER
HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
Fig. C-4-1
Fine Adjustment
Fixtures and tools used
Oscilloscope
Alignment tape
Post height adjusting
driver
Measuring tools and
connection position
VCR (VCP) status
Adjustment position
Play the standard test
CH-1: PB RF Envelope
tape.
CH-2: NTSC : SW 30Hz
PAL : SW 25Hz
Waveform
Head switching output
P2 POST ADJUSTMENT
point
RF Envelope output
point
1) Play the Alignment tape after connecting the probe of
oscilloscope to the RF envelope output point and the
head switching output point.
2) Tracking control (playback) : Locate it at the center
(Set the RF output to the maximum value via the tracking
control when such adjustment is completed after the
drum assembly is replaced.)
3) Height adjusting screw: Flatten the RF waveform.
(Fig. C-4-2)
4) Move the tracking control (playback) to the right/left.
(Fig. C-4-3)
5) Check the start and the end of the RF output reduction
width are constant.
CAUTIONS
Guide roller height
adjusting screw
P3 POST ADJUSTMENT
Fig. C-4-2
When the tracking control
locates at the center.
Flatten the waveform by
lightly turning the guide
roller height adjustment
screw.
When turning the tracking
control to both sides.
Fig. C-4-2
Connection Diagram
There must exist no crumpling and folding of the tape due
to excess adjustment or insufficient adjustment.
OSCILLOSCOPE
RF ENVELOPE OUTPUT POINT
CH-1
HEAD RF SWITCHING OUTPUT POINT
1-24 (No.YD070)
CH-2
4.3.6 Audio/Control (A/C) Head Adjustment
Purpose of adjustment : To ensure that audio and control signals can be recorded and
played according to the contract tract by constantly maintaining
distance between tape and head, and tape tension between the P3
post and the P4 post.
4.3.6.1
Prior Adjustment (performed only when no audio output appears in play of the standard test tape)
Fixtures and tools used
Blank Tape
Driver (+) Type 5mm
VCR (VCP) status
Play the blank tape
Adjustment Procedure/Adjustment Diagrams
1) Basically use the A/C head assembly adjusted as in
SPEC.
2) Check there is crumpling and folding of the tape around
the A/C head. If it is, Turn and adjust the tilt adjusting
screw to ensure that the tape corresponds to the bottom
guide of the P4, and recheck the tape path after proceeding play for 4-5 seconds.
Adjustment position
Tilt adjusting screw (C)
Height adjusting screw (B)
Azimuth adjusting screw (A)
3) Where the tape bottom is not equal to Fig. C-5-3, Adjust
the height by using the height adjusting screw (B) and
then readjust it by using the tilt adjusting screw (C).
CAUTIONS
Always check the height of the A/C head since most ideal
height of A/C head can be obtained when the bottom part
of the tape is away 0.2 ~ 0.25mm from the bottom part of
the A/C head.
Tape
A/C Head
8.3
P4
Tape
0.2~0.25mm
A/C Head Base
Fig. C-5-1
Fig. C-5-3
X-Value Adjustment
Hole
Fixed Screw
Azimuth
Adjustment
Screw(A)
Tilt Adjustment
Screw(C)
Height Adjustment
Screw(B)
A/C Head Assembly
Fig. C-5-2
(No.YD070)1-25
4.3.6.2 Tape Path Check between Pinch Roller and Take up Guide (Check in the Rev Mode)
1) Check the tape pass status between the pinch roller and the
2) Check there is folding of the tape at the bottom or top of the
take-up guide.(Check there is crumpling of the tape pass and
take-up guide in cutting-off the REV mode
folding of the take-up guide.)
CAUTIONS
(1) When holding of the take-up guide bottom occurs
If the RF waveform is changed after adjusting the A/C head,
Turn the tilt adjusting screw (C) clockwise and travel it staperform fine adjustment to ensure the RF waveform is flatbly to ensure there is no crumbling or folding of the tape.
ened.
(2) When holding of the take-up guide top occurs
Turn the tilt adjusting screw (C) anti-clockwise and travel it
stably to ensure there is no crumbling or folding of the tape.
4.3.6.3
Fine Adjustment (Azimuth Adjustment)
Fixtures and tools used
Oscilloscope
Standard test tape
(only for SP)
Driver (+) Type 4mm
Connection position
Audio Output Jack
VCR (VCP) status
Adjustment position
Play the Alignment tape
1KHz, 7KHz.
Adjustment Procedure
Azimuth Adjusting
Screw (A)
Height Adjusting Screw
(B)
1KHz
1) Connect the probe of Oscilloscope to the audio output
jack.
2) Ensure that Audio 1KHz, 7KHz output is flattened at the
maximization point by adjusting the Azimuth adjusting
screw (A).
7KHz
A: Maximum
B: Minimum
Fig. C-5-4
4.3.7 X-Value Adjustment
Purpose of adjustment : To maintain compatibility with other VCR (VCP).
Fixtures and tools used
Oscilloscope
Standard test tape
(only for SP)
Driver (+) Type 4mm
Connection position
CH-1: PB RF Envelope
CH-2: NTSC ; SW 30Hz
PAL:SW 25Hz
Head switching output
point
RF Envelope output
point
Adjustment Procedure
1) After releasing the auto tracking, lightly turn the fixing
screw. Turn the (+) type driver on the X-value adjusting
hole to the right or left. Adjust the RF envelope level
to the maximum point and then fix the fixing screws.
2) For the 31 m head, adjust it with the SP tape recorded
in the width of 31 m since the head travels on the tape
track only for SP with the width of 58 m.
VCR (VCP) status
Adjustment position
Play the Alignment tape
Left
Grove of Base A/C
Right
Connection Diagram
X-value Adjusting Hole
Fixing Screw
Azimuth
Adjustment
Screw(A)
Tilt Adjusting Screw (C)
Height Adjusting
Screw (B)
Fig. C-6
OSCILLOSCOPE
RF ENVELOPE OUTPUT POINT
CH-1
HEAD RF SWITCHING OUTPUT POINT
1-26 (No.YD070)
CH-2
4.3.8 Adjustment after Drum Assembly (Video Heads)
Purpose of adjustment : To adjust and stabilize the height change, X-value change, etc
depending on the guide roller after assembling the drum.
Fixtures and tools used
Oscilloscope
Alignment tape
(only for SP)
Post Height Adjusting
Driver
Driver (+) Type 5mm
Connection position
CH-1: PB RF Envelope
CH-2: NTSC : SW 30Hz
PAL:SW 25Hz
Head switching output
point
RF Envelope output
point
VCR (VCP) status
Adjustment position
Play the blank tape.
Play the Alignment tape.
Fine adjustment of
guide roller
Switching Point
Tracking Preset
X-value
Connection Diagram
Checking/Adjustment Procedure
OSCILLOSCOPE
1) Play the blank tape and check whether the guide roller
crumbles or wrinkles the tape and adjust it if necessary.
RF ENVELOPE OUTPUT POINT
2) Check that the RF envelope output waveform is flat, and
HEAD RF SWITCHING OUTPUT POINT
adjust the height of the guide roller while playing the
alignment tape.
Waveform
3) Adjust the switching point.
4) Check the RF envelope output is the maximum when
the tracking control locates at the center. If not maximum, V1/V MAX = 0.7
V1/V MAX = 0.8
V1
V1
V2
set up to ensure that RF envelope output becomes the RF ENVELOPE OUTPUT
maximum by turning the (+) type driver on the base A/C
groove.
CH-1
CH-2
4.3.9 Check of Traveling Device after Deck Assembly
4.3.9.1
Audio, RF Normalization Time (Locking Time) Check in Play after CUE or REV
Fixtures and tools used
Oscilloscope
Alignment tape
(Colour bar)
Stop Watch
Measuring standard
Connection position
VCR (VCP) status
RF Locking Time: Within
5 seconds
Audio Locking Time :
Within 10 seconds
CH-1: PB RF Envelope
CH-2: Audio output
RF Envelope output
point
Audio output jack
Play the Alignment
tape (Colour bar)
Checking Procedure
1) Check that locking time of the RF and Audio waveform is
fallen within the measuring standard in conversion of the
play mode from the CUE or the REV mode.
4.3.9.2
2) Readjust the paragraph 4.3.6 and 4.3.7 if it deviates
from the standard.
Check of Tape Curl and Jam Status
Fixtures and tools used
E-240 Tape
E-160 Tape
Fixtures and tools used
There must be no jam or curl at the
first, middle and end position of tape.
Checking Procedure
1) Check there is no abnormality of every traveling post
status.
2) There must be no abnormal operation of the counter in
Fixtures and tools used
Travel the tape at the position
of its first and end.
occurrence of folding of the bottom tape. There must be
not abnormality of audio signal in damage of the top tape.
3) If there is abnormality, readjust the adjustment paragraph
4.3.5 and 4.3.6.
(No.YD070)1-27
4.4
PROTECTION, MAINTENANCE AND CHECK OF VIDEO FUNCTION (VCR)
4.4.1 Checking Points prior to Repair
Following abnormal phenomena may be repaired by removal of
foreign materials and oil supply. Check oiling is required at the
checking set or cleaning status is complete.
Phenomena
Checking Points and
Cause
Replacement
Color beat
Pollution of Full-Erase Head
o
S/N, Color Faded
Pollution of Video Head
o
Determine that necessity of checking and repair the set exists after checking the using period of the set together with the user. In
this case, followings must be checked:
F/E Head
Video Head
Horizontal, Vertical Jitte
Pollution of Video Head or
Tape Transport System
o
Poor Sound, Low Sound
Pollution of Audio/Control
Head
o
No tape wound or tape
wound loosely.
FF or REW impossible,
or slow turning
Pollution of Pinch Roller or
Belt Capstan Belt
o
Deterioration of Clutch
Assembly D37 Torque
o
Pollution of Drum and
Traveling Device
Fig. C-9-3
Tape loosely wound in
REV or Unloading
Fig. C-9-1 TOP VIEW
A/C Head
Pinch Roller
Belt Capston
Clutch
Assembly A37
CAUTIONS
If operation of the position with (O) mark is abnormal even
after removing cause, replace it with substitute product since
it shows damage or wearing.
Fig. C-9-2 BOTTOM VIEW
* No. (1) ~ (12) shows sequence that the tape moves from the supply reel to the take-up reel.)
(6) Base Assembly
P3
(7) A/C Head
(3) F/E Head
(8) P4 Post
(5) Drum Assembly
(Video Head)
(10) Pinch Roller
(11) Take-up Guide
Post
(4) Base Assembly P2
(2) Tension Post
(9) Capstan Shaft
(1) Supply Reel
(12) Take-up Reel
Fig. C-9-3 Tape Transport System
1-28 (No.YD070)
4.4.2 Essential Check and Repair
Recording density of the video is far higher than the audio.
Therefore video parts are very precise so as to allow only error
of 1/1000mm or so in order to maintain compatibility with other
videos.
If one of these parts is polluted or old, same phenomena will
appear as they are damaged.
To maintain clear screen, regular check, replacement of old and
damaged parts and oil supply, etc are essential.
4.4.3 Regular Check and Repair
Check and repair schedule is not constant since they vary depending on method that the consumer uses video and environment where the video is installed at.
However, for the video used by common household, good screen
will be maintained if regular check and repair per 1,000 hour is
performed. The following chart shows relationship between using time and checking time:
Time
Requiring
Checking
About
1 year
About
18 months
About
3 years
4.4.4 Tools for Check and Repair
(1) Grease: Floil G-3114 (KANTO) or equivalent grease
(Green)
(2) Grease: Kanto G-754, PL-433 (Yellow)
(3) Alcohol (Isopropyl Alcohol)
(4) Cleaning Patch (cloth)
4.4.5 Maintenance Process
4.4.5.1 Removal of Foreign Material
(1) Removal of foreign material from video head (Fig. C-9-4)
Firstly try to use a cleaning tape.
Use a cleaning patch if foreign materials are not removed
with the cleaning tape due to severe dirty of the head.
Soak the cleaning patch in alcohol and put it to the head tip.
Smoothly turn the drum (turning cylinder) to the right or left
(In this case, the cleaning patch must not be moved vertically).
After completely drying the head, test the traveling status
of the tape.
If alcohol (Isopropyl Alcohol) remains at the video head, the
tape may be damaged when this solution touches with the
head surface.
Average
hours used
per day
Never use a cloth bar (commercial sale)
(2) Wipe the tape transport system and the drive system with
the cleaning patch soaked in alcohol (Isopropyl Alcohol)
when removing foreign materials from them.
1) The part touched with the traveling tape is called as tape
transport system. The drive system consists of parts to
travel the tape.
2) Care must be exercised so that unreasonable force to
change the pattern will be applied to the tape transport
system during removal of foreign materials.
One hour
Two hours
Three hours
Drum
(Turning Cylinder)
Cleaning Patch
(Cloth)
Head Tip
Soak alcohol
(Isopropyl Alcohol).
Smoothly turn the drum (turning
cylinder) touching the soft surface
to the head tip surface.
Fig. C-9-4
(No.YD070)1-29
4.4.5.2 Grease Applications
(1) Grease Application Method
Apply grease by using a cloth swab or brush. Care must be
exercised so that excess quantity should not be used. If the
excessive quantity is applied, wipe it with the gauze soaked
in alcohol (Isopropyl Alcohol).
(1) Inner Side Surface and Top
Surface of Loading Path
(2) Stable Adhesion Part of Base
P2, P3
(3) Arm Pinch Shaft
(4) Gear Wheel Shaft
(5) Reel S. T. Shaft
(1) (2) (3) (4): KG-684G
(Green)
(5): PL-433 (Yellow)
(2) Regular Grease Application
Apply grease to the designated application position every
500 hour.
NOTE: POSITION OF GREASE APPLICATION
(1) Inner Side Surface and Top
(6) Guide Part on the Plate Slider
Side Wall (Left)
Surface of Loading Path
(2) Stable Adhesion Part of Base (7) Guide Part on the Plate Slider
Side Wall (Right)
P2, P3 Coil
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7): KG(3) Gear Cam Shaft
684G (Green)
(4) Gear Drive Shaft
(5) Clutch Shaft Groove
2
2
1
4
1
3
3
4
6
5
7
Chassis (Bottom)
5
Chassis (TOP)
Gear Part
Cam Part
(PL-433.Yellow)
Gear Part
(PL-433.Yellow)
Gear Sector
Cam Part Side Application
(KG-684G.Green) Gear
Cam
Cam Part
(KG-684G , GREEN)
Cam Part
(KG-684G , GREEN)
Boss Part Side Wall
(PL-433.Yellow)
Gear Rack F/L
Gear Part Side Application
(PL-433.Yellow)
Base Loading
Gear Drive
Lever Tension Driving Cam Part
Lever, Brake Driving Cam Part
Gear Sector Driving Part
Inner Surface of
Guide Rail
(KG-684G.Green)
Lever F/R Driving Part
Side Wall Guide Part
Chassis (L)
1-30 (No.YD070)
Chassis (R)
Side Wall Guide Part
Lever, Spring Driving Part
Plate Slider
Lever, F/R, Base, Tension
GEAR AY, P2 & P3
PL-433
LEVER, F/R
BASE, TENSION
Clutch Contact Part
(PL-433, Yellow)
Tension Arm Party
Hinge Part (PL-433, Yellow)
(No.YD070)1-31
4.5
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES (VCR)
4.5.1 Servo Adjustment
1) PG Adjustment
Test Equipment
a) OSCILLOSCOPE
b) Alignment tape (SP, stairstep)
Adjustment And Specification
MODE
MEASUREMENT POINT
ADJUSTMENT POINT
PLAY
V.Out
H/SW(TP)
R/C TRK JIG KEY
SPECIFICATION
6.5
0.5H
Adjustment Procedure
a) Insert the Alignment Tape and play.
Note - Adjust the distance of X, pressing the Tracking(+) or Tracking(-) when the "ATR" is blink after the
Alignment Tape is inserted.
b) Connect the CH1 of the oscilloscope to the H/SW(TP) and CH2 to the Video Out for the VCR.
c) Trigger the mixed Combo Video Signal of CH2 to the CH1 H/SW(TP) and then check the distance (time
difference), which is from the selected A(B) Head point of the H/SW(TP) signal to the starting point of
the vertical synchronized signal, to 6.5H 0.5H (412 s, 1H=63 s).
PG Adjustment Method
a-1) Playback the Alignment tape
b-2) Press the "OK(ENTER)" key on the Remote controller and the "REC" key on the Front Panel the same
time, then it goes in to Tracking initial mode.
c-3) Repeat the above step(No.b-2), then it finishes the PG adjusting automatically.
d-4) Stop the playback, then it goes out to PG adjusting mode after mony the PG data.
CONNECTION
V.Out
OSCILLOSCOPE
H/SW
(TP)
CH1 CH2
R/C KEY
H/SW V.out
(TP)
WAVEFORM
H/SW
6.5H(412 s)
Composite
VIDEO
1-32 (No.YD070)
4.6
DECK MECHANISM PARTS LOCATION (DVD)
Top View (With Tray)
Procedure
Parts
Fixing Type
Starting No.
1
Main Base
Disass Figembly ure
4-6-1
Clamp Assembly
2
1
4-6-1
Disc
1, 2
3
Plate Clamp
4-6-1
1, 2, 3
4
Magnet Clamp
4-6-1
1, 2, 3, 4
5
Clamp Upper
4-6-1
1
6
Tray Disc
4-6-2
1, 6
7
Base Assembly Sled
4-6-3
4 Screws,
1, 2, 6
8
Gear Feed
1 Connector
4-6-3
1 Locking Tabs
Gear
1, 2, 6, 8
9
4-6-3
Middle
Top View (Without Tray)
1, 2, 6, 8, 9 10 Gear Rack
1, 2, 7
1 Screw
11 Rubber Rear
4-6-3
4-6-3
Frame Assembly
1, 2, 7
12
1 Screw
Bottom 4-6-4
Up/Down
1, 2
13 Belt Loading
1, 2 ,13
14 Gear Pulley
1, 2, 13, 14 15 Gear Loading
1 Locking Tab
4-6-4
4-6-4
1 Locking Tab
1, 2, 7, 12, 13, 14 16 Guide Up/Down
4-6-4
4-6-4
1 Locking Tab
PWB Assembly
1, 2, 13
1 Hook
17
Bottom 4-6-4
Loading
2Screw
1, 2, 7, 12, 13,
18 Base Main
2 Locking Tabs
4-6-4
14, 15, 16, 17
Bottom View
Note
When reassembling, perform the procedure in
reverse order.
The "Bottom" on Disassembly column of above
Table indicates the part should be disassembled
at the Bottom side.
(No.YD070)1-33
MAIN BASE
TRAY DISC
DISC CLAMP ASSEMBLY
PLATE CLAMP
MAGNET CLAMP
CLAMP UPPER
(Fig. A)
BASE MAIN
HOLDER
LEVER
BASE MAIN
BASE MAIN
BOTTOM SIDE VIEW
Fig. 4-6-1
1.Main Base (Fig. 4-6-1)
1-1. Clamp Assembly Disc
1) Place the Clamp Assembly Disc as Fig. (A)
2) Lift up the Clamp Assembly Disc in direction of
arrow(A).
3) Separate the Clamp Assembly Disc from the Holder
Clamp.
1-1-1. Plate Clamp
1) Turn the Plate Clamp to counterclockwise direction
and then lift up the Plate Clamp.
1-1-2. Magnet Clamp
1-1-3.Clamp Upper
1-34 (No.YD070)
Fig. 4-6-2
2. Tray Disc (Fig. 4-6-2)
1) Insert and push a Driver in the emergency eject
hole(A) at the right side, or put the Driver on the
Lever(B) of the Gear Emergency and pull the Lever(B)
in direction of arrow so that the Tray Disc is ejected
about 15~20mm.
2) Pull the Tray Disc until it is separated from the Base
Main completely.
SCREW INSERTION TORGUE CONTROL
(800gf DOWN)
PINION GEAR
(S3)
RUBBER DAMPER
Distinguish upper and
lower sides
(Assemble with care)
MIDDLE GEAR
GEAR RACK
RUBBER DAMPER
Distinguish upper and
lower sides
(Assemble with care)
RUBBER DAMPER
BASE PU
(S2)
(S2)
RUBBER DAMPER
GENERAL PICK UP ASSEMBLY
GEAR RACK
SPINDLE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Fig. 4-6-3
3.Base Assembly Sled (Fig. 4-6-3)
1) Release 4 Screw(S2).
2) Disconnect the FFC Connector(C1)
3-1. Gear Feed
3-2. Gear Middle
3-3. Gear Rack
1) Release the Scerw(S3)
4. Rubber Rear (Fig. 4-6-3)
(No.YD070)1-35
GUIDE UP/DOWN
(L3)
GEAR LOADING
(L6)
GEAR PULLEY
(L6)
SCREW INSERTION
TORGUE CONTROL
(800gf DOWN)
(L4)
BASE MAIN
BELT LOADING
(H1)
(C2)
PWB ASSEMBLY LOADING
(S5)
(S4)
BASE MAIN
(A)
(A)
GUIDE UP/DOWN
(A)
(B)
(L5)
UP/DOWN FRAME ASSEMBLY
(B)
FIG. (A)
FIG. (B)
GUIDE UP/DOWN
(C)
(B)
GUIDE UP/DOWN
FIG. (C)
Fig. 4-6-4
5. Frame Assembly Up/Down (Fig. 4-6-4)
Note
Put the Base Main face down(Bottom Side)
1) Release the screw(S4)
2) Unlock the Locking Tab(L3) in direction of arrow and
then lift up the Frame Assembly Up/Down to separate
it from the Base Main.
Note
When reassembling move the Guide Up/Down in direction
of arrow(C) until it is positioned as Fig.(C).
When reassembling insert (A) portion of the Frame Assembly Up/Down in the (B) portion of the Guide Up/Down
as Fig.(B)
6. Belt Loading(Fig. 4-6-4)
Note
Put the Base Main on original position(Top Side)
7. Gear pulley (Fig. 4-6-4)
1) Unlock the Locking Tab(L4) in direction of arrow(B) and
then separate the Gear Pulley from the Base Main.
1-36 (No.YD070)
8. Gear Loading (Fig. 4-6-4)
9. Guide Up/Down (Fig. 4-6-4)
1) Move the Guide Up/Down in direction of arrow(A) as
Fig.(A)
2) Push the Locking Tab(L5) down and then lift up the
Guide Up/Down to separate it from the Base Main.
Note
When reassembling place the Guide Up/Down as Fig.(C)
and move it in direction arrow(B) until it is locked by the
Locking Tab(L5). And confirm the Guide Up/Down as Fig.(A)
10. PWB Assembly Loading (Fig. 4-6-4)
Note
Put the Base Main face down(Bottom Side)
1) Release 1 Screws(S5)
2) Unlock the Loading Motor (C2) from the Hook (H1) on
the Base Main.
3) Unlock 2 Locking Tabs(L6) and separate the PWB
Assembly Loading from the Base Main.
11. Base Main(Fig. 4-6-4)
SECTION 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (VCR PART)
5.1.1 Power(SMPS) CIRCUIT
(1) No 5.3VA
No 5.3VA
YES
Is the FR101
Normal?
NO
Replace the FR101
(Use the same ICW)
NO
Replace the
BD101
YES
Is the BD101
Normal?
YES
Is the R101
Normal?
NO
Replace the R101
YES
Is Vcc (9V - 18V) sup- NO
plied to IC101 Pin2?
Is the D102
normal?
Check or Replace
the D102
YES
Are the D125
normal?
NO
Is there about 2.5V NO
at the IC103 Pin1?
Replace the R125
Replace the IC103
YES
Is the D123
normal?
NO
Replace the D123
YES
Is the D124
Normal?
NO
Replace the D124
YES
Is the D121
Normal?
NO
Replace the D121
YES
Power Line of Main
PCB is short
(No.YD070)1-37
(2) No 5.0V_D
(3) No 5.0V_T
No 5.0V_D
No 5.0V_T
YES
YES
Is the Vcc(5.3V) sup- NO
plied to Q165 Emittor?
Check or Replace
the D125
YES
Is the Q162 Base
'H'?
NO
Check the PWR CTL
"H" signal from -com
Check or Replace
the D121
No 33V
YES
YES
Check or Replace
the D123
YES
1-38 (No.YD070)
NO
Is the Vcc(33V) supplied to Q161 Emittor?
(5) No 33V
No 3.3V
Is there about 3.3V~5V NO
at the IC131 pin4?
Check the PWR CTL
"H" signal from -com
Check or Replace
the Q163
(4) No 3.3V
Is there about 3.8V NO
at the IC131 pin1?
NO
Is the Q162 Base
'H'?
YES
Check or Replace
the Q165
Check the IC131
and Replace
Check or Replace
the D125
YES
YES
YES
Is the Vcc(5.3V) sup- NO
plied to Q163 Emittor?
YES
Check the PWR CTL
"H" signal from -com
Is the Q162 Base
'H'?
YES
Check or Replace
the Q161
NO
Check the PWR CTL
"H" signal from -com
(6) No Motor_Vcc (To Cap, Drum Motor )
No Motor_Vcc
No REG 12V
YES
Is the Vcc(14V)
supplied to C134?
YES
Check or Replace
the Cap / Drum
(7) No REG 12V
YES
NO
Check or Replace
the D124
Is the Vcc(14V) supplied NO
to Q165 Collector?
Check or Replace
the D124
YES
Is the Vcc(14V) supplied to Q165 Base?
NO
Check the PWR CTL
"H" signal from -com
YES
Check or Replace
the Q165
(No.YD070)1-39
5.1.2 SYSTEM/KEY CIRCUIT
(1) AUTO STOP
Auto Stop
YES
Does the SW25 waveform
appear at the IC501
Pin23?
YES
NO
Check the Drum Motor
signal.
Do the T-UP Reel Pulses
appear at the IC501 Pin3?
NO
Do T/UP Reel Pulses
appear at the Q514 Base
terminal?
YES
YES
Replace the T/UP Reel
Sensor (RS501).
Replace the IC501.
NO
Does 5.0V appear at the
RS501?
YES
NO
Check the Power Circuit.
(2) The unstable loading of a Cassette tape
The unstable loading of a
Cassette tape
YES
Is 12V applied to the
PMC01 Pin8?
NO
Check the Power.
YES
Does the "H" signal appear NO
at the IC501 Pin32 during
inserting the CST ?
Is 5.0V applied to the
R544 ?
YES
YES
Does the "L" signal appear
at the IC501 Pin19 during
inserting the CST?
YES
Check the CST SW and
the peripheral circuitry.
Refer to SMPS 5.3VA
troubleshooting.
NO
Check the Deck
Mechanism.
Caution : Auto stop can occur because Grease or Oil is dried up
1-40 (No.YD070)
NO
Check the IC501
Pins 86, 87, 88, 89.
5.1.3 SERVO CIRCUIT
(1) Unstable Video in PB MODE
Unstable Video in
PB Mode.
YES
Does the Noise level of the
screen change
periodically?
YES
Does the CFG waveform
appear at the IC501
Pin67?
YES
On tracking do the CTL
pulses move?
NO
Replace the IC501.
YES
Does the Video Envelope
waveform appear at the
IC501 Pin82?
YES
NO
Refer to "When the Y signal
doesn't appear on the
screen in PB Mode".
Replace the IC501.
Refer to "(2)
No 12VA of Power section"
(2) When the Drum Motor
doesn't run.
Do the Drum PWM Pulses NO
Do the DFG Pulses appear
appear at the IC501
at the PMC01 Pin11?
Pin34?
YES
NO
YES
When the Drum Motor
doesn't run,
Aren't the foil patterns and
the Components between
IC501 Pin34 and PMC01
Pin12 short?
YES
Does 12V appear at the
PMC01 Pin8?
NO
YES
Does 2.8V appear at the
PMC01 Pin12?
YES
Check the connector
(PMC01) and the Drum
Motor Ass'y.
YES
Do the DFG Pulses appear
NO
at the IC501 Pin104?
NO
Replace the Cap M.
YES
Do the Drum PWM Pulses NO
appear at the IC501
Pin34?
Aren't the foil patterns and
the Components between
IC501 Pin 104 and PMC01
Pin11 short?
Replace the IC501.
Aren't the connecting patterns and the Components
between IC501 Pin34 and PMC01 Pin12 short?
(No.YD070)1-41
(3) When the Capstan Motor doesn't run,
When the Capstan Motor doesn't run,
NO
Does 12VA appear at the PMC01?
Refer to "SMPS(CAPSTAN/12Volt)
Trouble Shooting".
YES
Does 2.8V appear at the PMC01?
NO
YES
Does the PWM signal appear at the
IC501 Pin33?
Check the PMC01 and the Capstan
Motor Ass'y.
YES
Aren't the foil patterns and Components
between IC501 Pin33 and PMC01
Pin9 short?
NO
Does the CFG signal appear at the
PMC01 Pin1?
YES
Does the CFG signal come into the
IC501 Pin67?
NO
Check the Capstan Motor Ass'y.
NO
YES
Aren't the foil patterns and component
between IC501 Pin67 and PMC01
Pin1 short?
Does the Capstan PWM signal appear at
the IC501 Pin33?
NO
YES
Aren't the foil patterns and Components
between IC501 Pin33 and PMC01
Pin9 short?
Replace the IC501.
(4) KEY doesn't working
KEY doesn't working.
Is 5V applied to the IC501
Pin36?
NO
Refer to "SMPS 5.3VA
Trouble Shooting".
NO
Replace the defective
switches.
YES
Does LED or FLD change
when a function button is
pressed?
1-42 (No.YD070)
5.1.4 Y/C CIRCUIT
(1) No Video in EE Mode,
No Video in EE Mode
Does the Video signal
NO
appear at the IC301 Pin48?
Check the 19Pin of Tuner.
YES
Is 5V applied to the IC301 NO
Pins18, 24, 42, 55, 72, 91?
Check the 5.0VT, 5.3VA
Line. (Power Circuit)
YES
NO
Does the Video signal
appear at the IC301 Pin65?
Is I2C BUS signal applied to NO
the IC301 Pins68, 69?
Check the System Circuit.
(Refer to 'SYSTEM I2C BUS
CHECK Trouble Shooting')
YES
YES
NO
Does the Video signal
appear at the IC501 Pin47?
Chck the path of the signal
between the IC301 Pin65
and IC501 Pin49.
Check C316. (AGC)
YES
Does the Video signal appear
NO
at the Emitter terminal of the
Q309?
YES
Does the 12VT, 5.3VA
appear at the Emitter
terminal of the Q309.
NO
Replace the IC301.
YES
Replace the Q309.
Check the 12VT, 5.4VA
Line. (Power Circuit)
(No.YD070)1-43
(2) When the Y(Luminance) signal doesn't appear on the screen in PB Mode,
Is 5.0VT, 5.3VA applied to the NO
IC301 Pins24, 42, 55, 72, 91?
Check the line of the 5.0VT,
5.3VA Line. (Power Circuit)
YES
Is the I2C Bus siganl applied NO
to the IC301 Pins68, 69 ?
Refer to 'SYSTEM I2C BUS
CHECK Trouble Shooting'.
YES
Does the normal RF signal NO
appear at the IC301 Pin78?
YES
NO
Is the V.H.S/W signal
applied to the IC301 Pin70?
Check the System Circuit.
(IC501 Pin23)
YES
Is V.H.S/W "H" about 3.4V
at the IC301 Pin70?
NO
Check the V.H.S/W level.
(Check R303, R304)
YES
Clean the Drum.
Does the Y(Luminance) RF
NO
signal appear at the IC301
Pin79?
Check the path of the
Y(Luminance) RF signal.
(Check the C312)
NO
YES
YES
Is the Y(Luminance) Video
waveform showed up at
theIC301 Pin43?
YES
Replace the IC301.
1-44 (No.YD070)
NO
Check the path of the
Y(Luminance) RF signal.
(Check C327)
YES
Replace the IC301.
(3) When the C(Color) signal doesn't appear on the screen in PB Mode,
Is 5.0VT/5.3VA applied to the
IC301 Pins24, 42, 55, 72, 91.
NO
Check the line of the 5.0VT/
5.3VA Line. (Power Circuit)
NO
Check the Color Rotary
Circuit. (IC501 Pin98 )
NO
Check the Color Rotary
level. (Check the R303)
YES
Is the Color Rotary signal
applied to the IC301
Pin70?
YES
Is Color Rotary "H"
about 3.4V?
YES
Does the Color signal
appear at the IC301
Pin25 ?
NO
Does the X301(4.43MHZ)
oscillate?
NO
Does the Color signal
appear at the IC301 Pin21?
NO
Replace the X301.
YES
Check the Color Pass.
YES
Replace the IC301.
Replace the IC301.
(No.YD070)1-45
(4) When the Video signal doesn't appear on the screen in REC Mode,
Is the EE signal normal?
NO
Check EE Mode.
NO
Check the line of the 5.0VT/
5.3VA Line.(Power Circuit)
NO
Check PB Mode.
YES
Is 5.0VT/5.3VA applied to the
IC301 Pins24,42,55,72,91?
YES
Does PB Mode operate
normally?
YES
Does the RF signal appear
at the IC301 Pin78?
NO
YES
Does the REC RF signal
appear at the IC301
Pins88,89,94,95?
YES
Check the Drum &
Drum Connector
1-46 (No.YD070)
Is the REC 'H' signal
(about 4V) applied to the
IC301 Pin80?
NO
Check the System of REC
'H'. (the IC501 Pin27
/ the D301)
YES
NO
Check REC Luminance
Pass & Color Pass.
YES
Check the circuit of the
IC301 Pins85, 86.
YES
Replace the IC301.
5.1.5 Hi-Fi CIRCUIT
(A) No Sound(EE Mode)
No Sound.
YES
Check the TU Audio of IC801
Pins2, 3.
NO
Check the DVD Audio of IC801
Pins4, 5.
NO
Check the DVD Audio OUT.
(JK902 DVD_A_L_L/R).
Check the AV1 Audio of IC801
Pins6, 7.
NO
Check the Scart1 Jack.
(SC901 Scart1 Audio in Pins2, 6).
Check the AV2 Audio of IC801
Pins8, 9.
NO
Check the Scart2 Jack.
(SC901 Scart2 Audio in Pins2, 6).
Check the AV3 Audio of IC801
Pins10, 11.
NO
Check the IC751 Pins30, 31.
Check the front Jack.
YES
Check the Vcc of IC801 Pins34, 40,
IC802 Pin13.
NO
Check the Power 5.0V, 12VT.
YES
Check the IIC Clock and DATA at
IC801 Pins42, 43.
NO
Check the IC501 Pins17, 18.
YES
Check the Audio of IC801 Pins16, 17.
NO
Replace IC801.
YES
Check the Audio of IC802 Pins1, 14.
NO
Replace IC802.
YES
Check the JK902, SC901.
(No.YD070)1-47
(B) Hi-Fi Playback
PB mode
YES
No Sound.
YES
Check the Vcc of IC801
(Pins34, 40)
NO
Check Power 5.0V, 12VT.
YES
NO
Check the Hi-Fi Selection switch.
(IC801 Pin41) and the Tape quality.
YES
Is the RF Envelope at
IC801 Pin44 over 2Vp-p?
Check IC501 Pin26
(A.H/SW)
NO
YES
Check IC801 Pin42(Data), NO
Pin43(Clock)
Check the parts of -COM
(IC501 Pins17, 18)
YES
NO
Do Audio Signals appear at
IC801 Pin16(L-CH), 17(R-CH)?
Check the Connection at
P3D01 Pins7, 9.
YES
NO
Do Audio Signals appear at
IC802 Pin10(L-CH), 16(R-CH)?
Check the A.IN line of
IC802(C850, C852)
YES
Do Audio Signals appear at NO
IC802 Pins11, 16?
YES
Check the Vcc of IC802
Pin13.
YES
Replace IC802.
Do Audio Signals appear at NO
JK902?
1-48 (No.YD070)
Check the Jack(JK902)
NO
Check Power.
(C)
Hi-Fi REC.
YES
It can't be recorded Hi-Fi Audio
signal.
YES
Check Vcc of IC801.(Pins34, 40)
NO
Check Power 5V, 12V.
YES
Check IC801 Pin42(Data), Pin43(CLOCK).
NO
Check ports of -COM.
(IC501 pins 17, 18)
NO
Check Audio input signal of IC801
Pins2, 3(TU.A.), 4, 5(DVD.A.),
6, 7(AVI.A.), 8, 9(AV2.A.), 10, 11(AV3.A.).
YES
Do Audio signals appear at IC801
Pins16, 17?
YES
Do FM Audio signals appear at IC801
Pin36?
NO
Replace IC801.
YES
Check the Contact Point of Drum
Connector if good then Replace the Drum.
(No.YD070)1-49
5.1.6 Tuner/IF CIRCUIT
(A) No Picture on the TV screen
No picture on the TV
screen
YES
Does the Video signal at
the TU701 Pin19.
NO
Is 33VT applied to TU701
Pin17?
NO
Check 33V line.
YES
YES
Is 5VT applied to TU701
Pin4?
NO
Check 5V line.
YES
Does the Clock signal
appear at TU701 Pin12?
NO
Check the lIC Clock Signal
of -COM Pin18.
NO
Check the lIC Data Signal
of -COM Pin17.
YES
Does the data signal
appear at TU701 Pin13?
YES
Replace Tuner.
Does Sync appear at
IC501 Pin111.
NO
Check the signal flow from
TU701 Pin19 to IC301 Pin48.
NO
Check the signal from IC301
Pin65 to IC501 Pin49.
NO
Check the signal from IC501
Pin47 to IC301 Pin56.
NO
Check the signal from IC903
Pin6 to IC301 Pin61.
YES
Does the Video signal at
the IC501 Pin47.
YES
Does the Video signal at
the IC301 Pin61.
YES
Does the Video signal at
the IC903 Pin6.
YES
Check the signal flow from IC903
Pins26, 27 to SC901 Pin19.
1-50 (No.YD070)
(B) No Sound
No Sound.
YES
Check the Vcc of IC751 Pins1, 11, 19,
22, 33.
NO
Check 5.0V Line.
YES
Check the Tuner SiF signal at IC751
Pin2.
NO
Check the Tuner SIF of TU701 Pin22.
YES
Check the oscillator of IC751 Pins5, 6.
NO
Replace X751
YES
Check the Audio of IC751 Pins30, 31.
NO
Check the IIC Clock and Data at IC751
Pins12, 13.
NO
Check the signal flow from IC751
Pins30, 31 to IC801 Pins2, 3.
NO
Check the IIC Clock and Data at IC801
Pins42, 43.
NO
Check the signal flow from IC801
Pins16, 17 to IC802 Pins11, 16.
YES
Check the Audio of IC801 Pins2, 3.
YES
Check the Audio of IC801 Pins16, 17.
YES
Check the Audio of IC802 Pins3, 5.
YES
Check the Signal flow from IC802
Pins3, 5, SC901 Pins1, 3.
(No.YD070)1-51
5.2
MECHANISM TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (VCR PART)
5.2.1 Deck Mechanism
A.
No Auto Rewind operates.
YES
Is output of the end sensor “H”?
“H”: 3.5V or less
“L”: 0.7V –1V or less
YES
NO
Is the end sensor Vcc applied at
5V?
NO
Check the Syscon power supply.
YES
Replace the end sensor.
Is voltage at both ends of the
IR LED 0.8V-1.5?
NO
Replace the LED.
YES
Is the Syscon checked?
B.
No F/R operates.
YES
Is the current mode an F/R
mode?
NO
Check the assembly position of
the Mode S/W.
YES
NO
Does the Capstan motor rotate?
YES
Does the T/up and the supply
reel Operate?
YES
Check the Syscon circuit.
1-52 (No.YD070)
Is normal voltage applied at the
Vcc1 and the Vcc2 of the
Capstan motor?
YES
Is the Vctl terminal voltage of the
Capstan Motor applied at more
than 4V?
YES
Replace the Capstan motor.
NO
Check the Servo, Power
circuit.
C.
Auto Stop operates.
(PLAY/CUE/REV)
Check the assembly mode.
Check the spring pinch.
Does the pinch roller attached to
the Capstan shaft turn in operation of the Play/Cue/Rev.
NO
NO
YES
Is output of the DFG, DPG
normal?
Replace the drum motor.
YES
Does the T/UP or the supply
reel pulse occur?
NO
Check the Servo, Syscon.
YES
Check the Syscon,
-com.
Replace the reel sensor.
D.
No cassette loading is done.
Insert the cassette.
YES
Is operation of the lever
assembly S/W normal?
NO
Check the holder assembly CST.
YES
Does output of the CST IN S/W
change?
(In insertion of the REC tape:
"L"_"H"_"L")
(In insertion of the REC prevention tape:
"L"_"H"_"L"_"H")
NO
NO
Is the CST IN S/W normal?
Replace the CST IN S/W.
YES
YES
NO
Check the Syscon circuit.
Check the Syscon circuit.
(No.YD070)1-53
E.
No tape winding is done in
play.
Is the pinch roller attached to the
Capstan shaft in operation of play?
NO
Check the assembly mode?
YES
NO
NO
Does the T/up reel operate?
Is the Capstan belt hung?
YES
Hang the Capstan belt.
YES
Check the clutch and the idler
assembly.
Does the Capstan motor turn?
YES
Does the drum motor turn?
NO
YES
Is normal voltage applied to the
capstan motor Vcc1, Vcc2?
YES
Is the Vctl terminal voltage of
the Capstan motor applied at
more than 4V?
Is the DPG, DFG normal?
YES
NO
Check the Servo, power circuit.
YES
Are the T/up and the reel sensor
normal?
Replace the Capstan motor.
YES
NO
Check the Syscon circuit.
Is the Vcc voltage of the drum
motor normal?
NO
Check the Syscon circuit.
YES
Is the Vctl terminal voltage of the
drum motor at more than 2.3V?
YES
Replace the drum motor.
1-54 (No.YD070)
NO
Check the Syscon circuit.
5.2.2 Front Loading Mechanism
A.
No cassette insert is done.
Does the lever assembly
switch operate?
NO
Is the lever assembly switch
spring normal?
YES
YES
Does the CST IN switch
operate normally?
Is the Vcc of the main P.C.B
assembly?
NO
Add or replace the lever
assembly switches spring.
NO
Replace the F/L switch.
YES
Check the Syscon circuit.
NO
YES
Is voltage between the cassette
switch terminal and the GND on
the main P.C.B assembly?
Check the power circuit.
NO
YES
Check the mode switch position
and the Syscon circuit.
Is there short between the cassette switch terminal
and the GND on the main P.C.B assembly?
NO
YES
Replace the main P.C.B assembly or remove the short part.
Replace the CST IN switch.
B.
No cassette eject is done.
Does the L/D motor turn in reverse?
NO
Check the L/D motor and the drive IC.
YES
Does the lever assembly switch operate?
NO
Replace the lever assembly switch.
YES
NO
Does the arm assembly F/G operate?
Replace the arm assembly F/L
YES
NO
Does the opener door operate?
Replace the opener door.
(No.YD070)1-55
C.
No safe adherence of tape is done.
Is cassette insert done?
YES
Does the opener lid operate?
YES
NO
Does the gear rack F/L operate?
YES
NO
Does the opener door operate?
YES
Check power supply of the L/D motor.
NO
Replace the front loading mechanism
assembly.
1-56 (No.YD070)
Replace the arm assembly F/L.
NO
Does the holder assembly cassette move
same as the arm assembly F/L?
YES
Check the assembly status of the
opener door.
NO
Does the L/D motor operate?
YES
Replace the gear rack F/L.
NO
Does the arm assembly F/L operate?
YES
Replace the opener lid.
Check the assembly status of the
holder assembly cassette.
5.3
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (DVD PART)
5.3.1 System operation flow
Power On
1. 8032 initializes SERVO, DSP & RISC registers
2. Write RISC code to SDRAM
3. Reset RISC
Show LOGO
Yes
Tray Closed?
No
Tray Close to Closed position
SLED at Inner
Side?
Yes
No
SLED Moves to Inner Position
1. Judge whether have disc and disc type
2. Jump to related disc reading procedure
Recieve
OPEN/ CLOSE
Key?
No
1. Execute Pressed Key & IR Key
2. Systemoperati on Routi ne Loop
1. Stop Playback & Open Tray
2. Display tray open message & LOGO
No
Receive
CLOSE Key?
Yes
(No.YD070)1-57
5.3.2 SYSTEM Test flow
TEST
Check the AC Voltage
Power PCBA(110V or 220V)
NO
Replace power PCBA or
AC transformer.
YES
Switch on the Power PCBA
Is the DC Voltage
outputs OK?
(5V,1.8V,3.3V,8V,12V)
NO
Repair or Replace Power PCBA
YES
Make sure the main PCBA don't
short on VCCs and switch it on.
Is 3.3V and 1.8V DC
outputs normal on main
PCBA?
NO
Check the regulators or related diodes.
YES
Connect to PC CN601 Cable and
update the FLASH memory code.
1. Check 27MHz system clock.
Update FLASH
successfully?
NO
2. Check system reset circuit.
3. Check FLASH R/W enable signal PRD,RWR.
4. Check CN601 SIGNALS.
5. Check FLASH Memory related circuit.
YES
A
1-58 (No.YD070)
A
RESET or Power On.
NO
Show LOGO?
Flash Memory operates
properly?
NO
Check connection lines between FLASH
& ZR36868 and the FLASH access time
whether is suitable or not.
NO
Check connection lines between SDRAM
& ZR36868 and the SDRAM is damaged.
YES
YES
SDRAM works properly?
YES
ZR36868 VIDEO outputs
properly?
NO
Check the related circuit of ZR36868
YES
NO
Have TV signal output?
Check the filtering and amp circuit of
TV signal.
YES
Check AV cable connection
to TV set.
Does Tray move
inside when it is not
at closed position?
YES
NO
Normal TROUT &TRIN
signals?
NO
Check the load OPEN & CLOSE switch
YES
Normal TRCLOSE &
TROPEN signal?
NO
Check the Tray control IO pins on
MT1389 & BA5954
YES
Normal LOAD+ & LOADsignal?
NO
Check the Tray control amplifying
circuit on Motor driver.
YES
B
Check the cable connection between
main PCBA and loader.
(No.YD070)1-59
B
Does
the SLED move
to inner side when it is at
outter position?
NO
Motor Driver STBY
Pin is High?
NO
Check the connection line of
STBY signal.
NO
Check the related circuit of
FMSO.
NO
Check the amp circuit on motor
driver.
NO
Check FOSO connection on
MT1389 and motor dirver.
NO
Check the amp circuit on motor
dirver.
YES
YES
Is FMSO
DC Level higher
than 1.4V?
YES
SL+ and
SL- outpup
properly?
YES
Check the cable connection with
MECHA.
Do not put in disc and tray close.
Optical Lens has
movements for searching
Focus?
YES
NO
Proper
FOSO outputs
to motor driver?
YES
Proper F+ & Foutputs?
YES
C
1-60 (No.YD070)
Check cable connect on with
pick-up head.
C
Laser turns on when
reading disc?
NO
LD01 or LD02 output
properly?
NO
Check the laser power circuit
on MT1336 and connecting to
power transistor.
YES
YES
Collector voltage of
power transistor is OK?
NO
Check the related circuit on
laser power transistor
NO
Check the related circuit
on MT1389 RFL signal
YES
Check cable connection between
transistor ouput and pick-up head.
Put disc in?
NO
Laser off
YES
Disc ID is correct?
NO
Proper RFL
signal on MT1389?
YES
YES
Check LD01 & LD02 signal
Does spindle rotate?
YES
NO
Proper
DMS0 signal on
MT1389
NO
Check DMS0 related
circuit on MT1389
YES
SP+ & SP- output
properly?
NO
Check the spindle control
amp circuit of motor driver.
YES
Check the cable connection
between spindle and main PCBA.
D
(No.YD070)1-61
D
YES
NO
Focus ON OK?
Proper signals on
A,B,C,D of MT1389
NO
Check connections between
MT1389 and pick-up head.
YES
YES
Check FEO signal
on MT1389
NO
Check the FOSO connection on
MT1389 and motor driver.
YES
Check FOSO signal on MT1389
NO
Track On OK?
Normal TEO Signal on
MT1389?
NO
Check the related
circuit on MT1389
NO
Check the TRSO
connection on MT1389
and motor dirver.
NO
Check the tracking control
amp circuit on motor
driver.
YES
YES
Properly TRSO signal
on MT1389?
YES
T+ & T- output
properly?
YES
Check cable connection on
pick-up head.
NO
Disc is play ?
YES
E
1-62 (No.YD070)
Check RFO & RFLVL signal waveform.
E
Normal Audio output
when disc playback?
NO
Audio DAC received
correct data stream?
NO
Check connection between
MT1379 & Audio DAC.
YES
YES
Normal Audio DAC
out?
NO
Check the related
circuit of Audio DAC.
YES
Check Audio filter,amplify,mute
circuit.
Normal IR.VFD & Front
pannel key functions?
YES
TEST END
NO
Communications between
IR.VFD Front pannel key & MT1389
is normally?
NO
Check communication lines on
MT1389.
YES
Check the cable connection on
Front pannel.
(No.YD070)1-63
5.4
DETAILS AND WAVEFORMS ON SYSTEM TEST AND DEBUGGING
5.4.1 SYSTEM 27MHz CLOCK, RESET, FLASH R/W SIGNAL
1) MT1389 main clock is at 27MHz(X501)
1.0V, 27MHz
FIG 1-1
2) MT1389 reset is low active
5.2VA
PWR_CTL
M_RESET(FRONT)
FIG 1-2
1-64 (No.YD070)
3) RS232 waveform during procedure(Downloading)
TXD
RXD
FIG 1-3
4) Flash R/W enable signal during download(Downloading)
FRD
FWR
FIG 1-4
(No.YD070)1-65
5.4.2 SDRAM CLOCK
DCLK = 135MHz, Vp-p=2.2, Vmax=2.7V
FIG 2-1
5.4.3 TRAY OPEN/CLOSE SIGNAL
1) Tray open/close waveform
OPEN
CLOSE
FIG 3-1
1-66 (No.YD070)
5.4.4 SLED CONTROL RELATED SIGNAL (NO DISC CONDITION)
FMSO(2.0V/1.4V/1.0V)
STBY(3.3V)
SL+(4.7V/4.0V/2.6V)
SL-(5.3V/4.0V/3.0V)
FIG 4-1
5.4.5 LENS CONTROL RELATED SIGNAL(NO DISC CONDITION)
FOSO(1.5V/1.4V/1.3V)
F+(4.0V/3.6V/3.2V)
F-(4.0V/3.6V/3.2V)
FIG 5-1
(No.YD070)1-67
5.4.6 LASER POWER CONTROL RELATED SIGNAL(NO DISC CONDITION)
MDI1(0V/180mV)
LD01(5.0V//3.5V)
LD02(5.0V/3.6V)
FIG 6-1
5.4.7 DISC TYPE JUDGEMENT WAVEFORM
F+
FE
RFL
FIG 7-1 (DVD)
1-68 (No.YD070)
F+
FE
RFL
FIG 7-2 (DVD)
F+
FE
RFL
FIG 7-3 (CD)
(No.YD070)1-69
F+
FE
RFL
FIG 7-4 (CD)
5.4.8 FOCUS ON WAVEFORM
FE
FOSO
F+
F-
FIG 8-1 (DVD)
1-70 (No.YD070)
FE
FOSO
F+
F-
FIG 8-2 (CD)
5.4.9 SPINDLE CONTROL WAVEFORM (NO DISC CONDITION)
DMSO(1.4V/1.8V)
SP-(3.6V/2.4V)
SP+(3.6V/4.8V)
FIG 9-1
(No.YD070)1-71
5.4.10 TRACKING CONTROL RELATED SIGNAL(System checking)
TE
TRSO
T-
T+
FIG 10-1(DVD)
TE
TESO
T-
T+
FIG 10-2(CD)
1-72 (No.YD070)
5.4.11 MT1389 AUDIO OPTICAL AND COAXIAL OUTPUT(SPDIF)
FIG 11-1
5.4.12 MT1389 VIDEO OUTPUT WAVEFORM
1) 100%
FIG 12-1
(No.YD070)1-73
2) COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL
FIG 12-2
5.4.13 MT1389 AUDIO OUTPUT TO AUDIO DAC
FIG 13-1
1-74 (No.YD070)
5.4.14 AUDIO OUTPUT FROM AUDIO DAC
FIG 14-1
(No.YD070)1-75
Victor Company of Japan, Limited
AV & MULTIMEDIA COMPANY DIGITAL VIDEO STORAGE CATEGORY 12, 3-chome, Moriya-cho, kanagawa-ku, Yokohama, kanagawa-prefecture, 221-8528, Japan
(No.YD070)
Printed in Japan
VPT
DVD PLAYER &
VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
HR-XV45SEK
PAL
INSTRUCTIONS
EN
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK
OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK)
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE
PERSONNEL.
This lightning flash with arrowhead symbol within
an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user
to the presence of uninsulated dangerous voltage
within the product’s enclosure that may be of
sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric
shock to persons.
The exclamation mark within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of
important operating and maintenance (servicing)
instructions in the literature accompanying the
product.
Notes on copyrights:
It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, broadcast
via cable, play in public, or rent copyright material without
permission.
This product features the copy protection function developed
by Macrovision. Copy protection signals are recorded on
some discs.
This product incorporates copyright protection technology that
is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and
other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision
Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright
protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision
Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited
viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by
Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or
disassembly is prohibited.
SERIAL NUMBER: The serial number is found on the back
of this unit. This number is unique to this unit and not
available to others. You should record requested information
here and retain this guide as a permanent record of your
purchase.
Model No. ___________________________________
Serial No. ___________________________________
WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS PRODUCT TO
RAIN OR MOISTURE.
WARNING: Do not install this equipment in a confined space
such as a book case or similar unit.
CAUTION:
This Digital Video Disc Player employs a Laser System.
To ensure proper use of this product, please read this
owner’s manual carefully and retain for future reference,
should the unit require maintenance, contact an authorized
service location-see service procedure.
Use of controls, adjustments or the performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To prevent direct exposure to
laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. Visible laser
radiation when open. DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM.
CAUTION: VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION
WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED.
CAUTION: The apparatus shall not be exposed to water,
dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids,
such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
This product is manufactured to comply with the
radio interference requirements of EEC DIRECTIVE 89/336/EEC, 93/68/EEC and 73/23/EEC.
VIDEO Plus+ and PlusCode are registered trademarks of
Gemstar Development Corporation.
The VIDEO Plus+ system is manufactured under license
from Gemstar Development Corporation.
2
Important notes on controlling this
unit
This unit uses one set of controls to operate both
DVD and VCR. The following buttons are helpful in
successfully controlling each part.
1. POWER Button
Press the POWER button on the remote control
or front panel to turn on this unit.
2. DVD Button
Press DVD button on the remote control when
you want to control the DVD.
The DVD indicator will light on the front panel
display to show that the DVD is selected.
3. VCR Button
Press the VCR button on the remote control
when you want to control the VCR.
The VCR indicator will light on the front panel
display to show that the VCR is selected.
4. DVD/VCR Button
Press the DVD/VCR button on the front panel to
toggle control between the DVD and the VCR.
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Symbol Used in this Manual .
About the
Symbol Display
Notes on Discs . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handling Discs . . . . . . . . . .
Storing Discs . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning Discs . . . . . . . . . .
Types of Playable Discs . . . . .
Regional code . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disc-related terms . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Window . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
.5
.5
.6
.7
.7
.8
.9
Installation and Setup . . . . . . . . . .10
Connecting to a TV & Decoder (or Satellite) . .10
Connecting to Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . .11
Before Operation-VCR part . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-16
Tuning in a video channel on your TV . . . .12
Using your VCR for the very first time . . .12
Setting the clock Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
To set the colour system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
How to using the main menu . . . . . . . . . . .14
Tuning in TV Stations Automatically . . . . .14
Tuning in TV Stations Manually . . . . . . . . .15
Changing the order of TV Stations . . . . . .16
Deleting TV stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Before Operation-DVD part . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-21
On-Screen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-21
General Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
LANGUAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Menu Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Disc Audio / Subtitle / Menu . . . . . . . . . . . .18
DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
TV Aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Display Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Dolby Digital / DTS / MPEG . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Sample Freq. (Frequency) . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Dynamic Range Control (DRC) . . . . . . . . .19
Vocal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
PBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Auto Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
DivX(R) VOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
LOCK (Parental Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Password (Security Code) . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Area Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Playing a tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-24
CM (Commercial Message) Skip . . . . . . . .22
OPR (Optimum Picture Response) . . . . . .22
Instant Timer Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
VIDEO Plus+ Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Timer recording using On Screen Display .25-26
Playing a DVD or Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27-29
General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Moving to another TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Moving to another CHAPTER/TRACK . . . . . .27
Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Still Picture and Frame-by-Frame Playback . .28
Slow Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Random . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Repeat A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
3D Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Time Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Marker Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Special DVD Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Title Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Disc Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Camera Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Changing the Audio Language . . . . . . . . . . .29
Subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Playing an Audio CD or MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Audio CD and MP3 Disc Features . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Moving to another Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Repeat Track/All/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Random . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Repeat A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
3D Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Programmed Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Repeat Programmed Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Erasing a Track from Program List . . . . . . . .32
Erasing the Complete Program List . . . . . . . .32
Viewing a JPEG Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Slide Show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Still Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Moving to another File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
To rotate picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
To listen to MP3 music watching picture . . . . . . .33
Playing a DVD VR format Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Maintenance and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Playing a DivX Movie Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Additional Features-VCR part . . . . . . . . . . .36-37
On Screen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Tape Counter Memory Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Video Doctor (Self-Diagnosis) . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Hi-Fi Stereo Sound System . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Wide Screen Compatibility 16:9 . . . . . . . . . .37
To set the decoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Additional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Last Scene Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Screen Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Copying from DVD To VCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Recording from another video recorder . . . . .38
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Language Codes
Country Codes . .
Troubleshooting .
Specification . . .
Precautions . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.39
.39
.40
.41
.42
3
Introduction
To ensure proper use of this product, please read this
owner’s manual carefully and retain for future
reference.
This manual provides information on the operation
and maintenance of your DVD player. Should the unit
require service, contact an authorized service location.
Notes on Discs
Handling Discs
Do not touch the playback side of the disc. Hold the
disc by the edges so that fingerprints do not get on
the surface. Never stick paper or tape on the disc.
Symbol Used in this Manual
The lightning flash symbol alerts you to the
presence of dangerous voltage within the
product enclosure that may constitute a risk of
electric shock.
The exclamation point alerts you to the
presence of important operating and
maintenance / servicing instructions.
Indicates hazards likely to cause harm to the
unit itself or other material damage.
Storing Discs
After playing, store the disc in its case. Do not expose
the disc to direct sunlight or sources of heat and never
leave it in a parked car exposed to direct sunlight.
Cleaning Discs
Fingerprints and dust on the disc can cause poor
picture quality and sound distortion. Before playing,
clean the disc with a clean cloth. Wipe the disc from
the center out.
Note:
Indicates special notes and operating features.
Tip:
Indicates tips and hints for making the task easier.
A section whose title has one of the following symbols
is applicable only to the disc represented by the
symbol.
DVD
DVD and finalized DVD±R/RW
VCD
Video CDs
CD
Audio CDs
MP3
MP3 Discs
JPEG
JPEG Discs
DivX
DivX Discs
Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static
spray intended for older vinyl records.
Selecting the Viewing Source
You must select one of your output sources (DVD or
VCR) to view on the TV screen.
• If you want to view DVD deck output source:
Press DVD until DVD indicator in the display window lights
and output source of DVD deck is viewed on the TV
screen.
• If you want to view VCR deck output source:
Press VCR until VCR indicator in the display window lights
and output source of VCR deck is viewed on the TV
screen.
About the
Symbol Display
“
” may appear on your TV display during
operation and indicates that the function explained in
this owner’s manual is not available on that specific
DVD video disc.
4
Notes:
• If you insert a disc while the DVD+VCR is in the
VCR mode, the DVD+VCR will switch to DVD mode
automatically.
• If you insert a cassette tape without prevention tab
while the DVD+VCR is in the DVD mode, the
DVD+VCR will switch to VCR mode automatically.
DVD
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Video CD (VCD)
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Audio CD
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
In addition, this unit plays DivX file, DVD -R, DVD +R,
DVD -RW, DVD +RW, SVCD, and CD-R / CD-RW that
contains audio titles, MP3 or JPEG files.
Regional code
This DVD player is designed and
manufactured for playback of region “2”
encoded DVD software. This unit can play
only DVD discs labeled “2” or “ALL”.
2
Introduction
Types of Playable Discs
Notes on Regional Codes
• Most DVD discs have a globe with one or more
numbers in it clearly visible on the cover.
This number must match your DVD player’s regional
code or the disc cannot play.
• If you try to play a DVD with a different region code
from your player, the message “Check Regional
Code” appears on the TV screen.
This indicates a product feature that is
capable of playing DVD-RW discs
recorded with Video Recording format.
Notes:
• Depending on the conditions of the recording
equipment or the CD-R/RW (or DVD -R, DVD +R,
DVD -RW, DVD +RW) disc itself, some CD-R/RW
(or DVD -R, DVD +R, DVD -RW, DVD +RW) discs
cannot be played on the unit.
• Do not attach any seal or label to either side (the
labeled side or the recorded side) of a disc.
• Do not use irregularly shaped CDs (e.g.,
heart-shaped or octagonal) since they may result in
malfunctions.
Notes on DVDs and Video CDs
Some playback operations of DVDs and Video CDs
may be intentionally programmed by software
manufacturers. This unit plays DVDs and Video CDs
according to disc content designed by the software
manufacturer, therefore some playback features may
not be available or other functions may be added.
Manufactured under license from Dolby
Laboratories. “Dolby”, and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
DTS and DTS Digital Out are trademarks of
Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
5
Disc-related terms
DVD ±R / DVD ±RW
DVD -R and DVD +R are two different standards for
recordable DVD drives and discs. This format allows
information to be recorded onto the DVD disc only
once. DVD +RW and DVD -RW are two standards for
re-writable media, meaning the DVD content can be
erased and re-recorded. Single-sided discs can hold
4.38 Gigabytes and double-sided discs hold twice as
much. There are no dual layer single sided recordable
discs.
VCD (Video CD)
A VCD holds up to 74 minutes (650 MB disc) or 80
minutes (700 MB disc) of MPEG-1 full-motion video
along with quality stereo sound.
MPEG
MPEG is an international standard for video and audio
compression. MPEG-1 is used in encoding video for
VCD and provides for multichannel surround sound
coding such as PCM, Dolby Digital, DTS and MPEG
audio.
MP3
MP3 is a popular compression format used for digital
audio files that yields very high near-CD quality.
JPEG
Joint Pictures Expert Group. JPEG is a compressed
file format that allows you to save images with no limit
on the number of colors.
DivX
DivX is the name of a revolutionary new video codec
which is based on the new MPEG-4 compression
standard for video.You will be able to play DivX
movies using this DVD player.
6
PBC: Playback Control (Video CD only)
Playback control is available for Video CD (VCD)
version 2.0 disc formats. PBC allows you to interact
with the system via menus, search functions, or other
typical computer-like operations. Moreover, still
pictures of high resolution can be played if they are
included in the disc. Video CDs not equipped with
PBC (Version 1.1) operate in the same way as audio
CDs.
Title (DVD video discs only)
A title is generally a distinct section of a DVD disc. For
example the main feature could be title 1, a documentary describing how the film was made could be title 2,
and cast interviews could be title 3. Each title is
assigned a reference number enabling you to locate it
easily.
Chapter (DVD video discs only)
A chapter is a segment of a title such as a scene in a
film or one interview in a series. Each chapter is
assigned a chapter number, enabling you to locate the
chapter you want. Depending on the disc, chapters
may not be recorded.
Scene (VCD)
On a video CD with PBC (playback control) functions,
moving pictures and still pictures are divided into
sections called “scenes”. Each scene is displayed in
the menu screen and assigned a scene number,
enabling you to locate the scene you want. A scene is
composed of one or several tracks.
Track
A distinct element of audiovisual information, such as
the picture or sound track for a specific language
(DVD), or a musical piece on a video or audio CD.
Each track is assigned a track number, enabling you
to locate the track you want. DVD discs allow one
track of video (with multiple angles) and several tracks
of audio.
Front Panel
Introduction
m
Go to beginning of current chapter/track or to PREVIOUS chapter/track.
Press and hold for two seconds for a fast reverse search.
Rewinds the tape.
M
Go to NEXT chapter/track.
Press and hold for two seconds for a fast forward search.
Winds the tape forwards.
Á
Stops playback.
EJECT
Tape Eject
X
Pause playback or recording. Press
repeatedly for frame-by-frame playback.
OPEN/CLOSE ( )
Opens or closes the disc tray.
Remote Sensor
Point the remote
control here.
1/I
Switches the
unit to ON or
OFF.
Disc Tray
Insert a disc here.
Display window
Shows the current
status of the unit.
N Starts playback.
Tape Compartment
z
To record normally or to activate
One-touch Timer Recording by
repeated presses.
DVD/VCR Selector
PROG.(-/+)
Channel
Programme
Selectors.
Audio IN
(L/R) Jacks
Video IN Jack
Display Window
DVD+VCR is in timer recording or a
timer recording is programmed.
Indicates repeat mode.
A Cassette is in the VCR deck.
VCR deck is selected.
VCR recording is engaged.
DVD to VHS copy is in
progress.
A disc is loaded in the DVD deck.
(Lights when a disc is loaded in the
DVD deck and flashes when no disc is
loaded.)
Indicates TV mode.
(See Notes on page 23.)
DVD deck is selected.
DVD
[P]
VCR
REC
TV
Indicates total playing time/elapsed time/current time
7
Remote Control
1/I
OPEN/CLOSE, EJECT(
Switches DVD+VCR ON and OFF.
TV/VCR
To view channels selected by the VCR
tuner or by the TV tuner.
DVD
AUX
Select input source for recording into
tape.
Select the DVD+VCR function mode to
DVD.
VCR
DISC MENU
Accesses menu on a DVD disc.
Select the DVD+VCR function mode
to VCR.
SKIP (. / >)
Skip to beginning of current chapter or track,
press twice in quick successions to go to
previous chapter or track.
Skip to next chapter or track.
DISPLAY
--:-- Accesses On-Screen Display (DVD).
- Shows you the current time or
counter (VCR).
b/B/v/V
RETURN
- Removes the setup menu.
- Displays the menu of a video CD with
PBC.
- Selects menu options.
- PR/TRK (+/-): Selects VCR
channels. Adjusts manually the tape’s
picture on the screen.
x
Stops playback or recording.
MNL. PROG.
SETUP/MENU (i)
Accesses or removes DVD Setup
menu and VCR menu.
Places a track on the program list.
CLEAR (
ENTER/OK
X
- Pause playback or recording.
- Press repeatedly for frame-by-frame
playback.
SEARCH
Displays Marker Search menu.
Repeat chapter, track, title or all.
TITLE
Displays the disc’s Title menu, if
available.
- Plays tracks in random order.
- CM SKIP
REPEAT A-B
MARKER
Marks any point during playback.
Selects numbered options in a menu.
)
ZOOM
Enlarges DVD video image.
0-9 numerical buttons
RANDOM (
ANGLE
Selects a DVD camera angle, if available.
- For fast forward picture search.
- Advances the tape during the STOP mode.
REPEAT
SUBTITLE
Selects a subtitle language.
Starts playback.
(M)
A.MONITOR
Selects an audio language (DVD) or an
audio channel (VCD).
- For fast reverse picture search.
- Rewinds the tape during the STOP mode.
N
)
Removes a track number on the
program menu or a mark on the
MARKER SEARCH menu.
Confirms menu selections. Displays
functions on the TV screen.
(m)
)
- Ejects the tape in the VCR deck.
- Opens and closes the disc tray.
)
REC (
Records normally or activates One
touch Timer Recording with repeated
presses.
Repeats sequence between two
points (A and B)
Selects recording speed.
VIDEO Plus+ To display the programme menu
for VIDEO Plus+ programming.
8
Detach the battery cover on the rear
of the remote control, and insert two
AAA
Do not mix old and new batteries and never
mix different types of batteries such as standard, alkaline, etc.
Remote control battery installation
AAA
Remote Control Operation
Point the remote control at the remote sensor and
press the buttons.
batteries (size AAA) with
aligned correctly.
and
Rear Panel
AERIAL
Connect the aerial using this jack.
Introduction
DVD/VCR OUT (VIDEO/AUDIO (Left/Right))
Connect to a TV with video and audio inputs.
AUDIO OUT (Left/Right) (DVD EXCLUSIVE OUT)
Connect to an amplifier, receiver or stereo system.
EURO AV2 DECODER (VCR IN+OUT/DVD OUT)
Connect to pay-TV decoder, Set Top Box or another
video recorder.
AC Power Cord
Connect to a power source.
EURO AV1 AUDIO/VIDEO (VCR IN+OUT/DVD OUT)
Connect to your TV set or another video recorder.
COAXIAL (DVD EXCLUSIVE OUT)
(Digital audio out jack)
Connect to digital (coaxial) audio equipment.
RF.OUT
Connect to your TV using this jack.
Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the rear panel. Electrostatic
discharge may cause permanent damage to the unit.
9
Installation and Setup
Tips:
Depending on your TV and other equipment there
are various ways you can connect the player.
Please refer to the manuals of your TV, VCR,
stereo system or other devices as necessary for
additional connection information.
Notes:
The picture and sound of a nearby TV, VCR, or radio may
be distorted during playback. Position the units away from
each other or turn off the unit after removing the disc.
Make sure the DVD+VCR is connected directly to the TV
and tune the TV to the correct video input channel.
Do not connect the DVD+VCR’s AUDIO OUT jack to the
phono in jack (record deck) of your audio system. Do not
connect the DVD+VCR via another VCR. The DVD image
could be distorted by the copy protection system.
Connecting to a TV & Decoder
(or Satellite)
Make one of the following connections, depending on
the capabilities of your existing equipment.
Rear of TV
AERIAL
Basic connection (AV)
1. Connect the EURO AV1 AUDIO/VIDEO on the
rear panel of this unit to the SCART input socket
on the TV using a SCART lead (not supplied).
For TV without SCART, connect the yellow VIDEO
OUT jack and DVD/VCR AUDIO OUT jacks of this
unit to the TV.
VIDEO IN
AUDIO INPUT
L
SCART INPUT
R
Decoder (or Satellite)
2. Some TV broadcasters transmit encoded television
signals which you can only see with a purchased
or rented decoder. You can connect such a
decoder (descrambler) to this unit.
Basic connection (RF)
1. Connect the RF antenna cable from your indoor/
outdoor antenna to AERIAL jack on the rear panel
of this unit.
2. Connect the supplied RF antenna cable from the
RF.OUT jack on the rear panel of this unit to your
television’s Antenna Input.
10
Rear of this unit (Basic connection)
Connecting to Optional Equipment
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with two
channel analog stereo or Dolby Pro Logic
II/Pro Logic
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks on this
unit to the audio left and right in jacks on your amplifier, receiver or stereo system, using the audio cables.
Notes:
If the audio format of the digital output does not match
the capabilities of your receiver, the receiver will
produce a strong, distorted sound or no sound at all.
To see the audio format of the current DVD in the
On-Screen Display, press A.MONITOR.
Installation and Setup
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with two
channel digital stereo (PCM) or to an Audio/
Video receiver equipped with a multi-channel
decoder (Dolby Digital™, MPEG 2 or DTS)
1. Connect this unit’s DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack
(COAXIAL) to the corresponding in jack on your
amplifier. Use an optional digital (coaxial) audio
cable.
2. You will need to activate this unit’s digital output.
(See “AUDIO” on page 19).
Digital Multi-channel sound
A digital multi-channel connection provides the best
sound quality. For this you need a multi-channel
Audio/Video receiver that supports one or more of the
audio formats supported by your unit (MPEG 2, Dolby
Digital and DTS). Check the receiver manual and the
logos on the front of the receiver.
Warning:
Due to the DTS Licensing agreement, the digital
output will be in DTS digital out when DTS audio
stream is selected.
Rear of this unit
2 channel analog stereo or Dolby Surround connection.
Digital multi-channel
connection
DVD exclusive out
L
R
AUDIO INPUT
COAXIAL
DIGITAL INPUT
Amplifier (Receiver)
11
Before Operation-VCR part
Tuning in a video channel on your
TV
Notes:
The output frequency of this DVD+VCR is set at
UHF channel 36. If channel 36 is already used by
another TV station, or if the picture is distorted, you
can change the transmitter channel of your
DVD+VCR. Stages 5 ~ 8 will show you how to
change the output frequency of your DVD+VCR.
Your TV receives signals from the DVD+VCR like
another TV station. You have to select a channel
number on your TV and tune it in so that you may
watch video tapes. If you have used a SCART then
your TV should already have a dedicated video
channel built into it, usually called AV.
1. Make sure that you have correctly installed your
DVD+VCR as described earlier in this book.
Press 1/+ to turn on your DVD+VCR.
Turn on your TV.
2. Insert a pre-recorded video tape into your
DVD+VCR and press N on the remote control.
Select a TV channel which you wish to watch
video.
Don’t worry if you don’t have a video-tape to play
at this stage! If you switch your DVD+VCR on and
continue stages 3 ~ 4, instead of seeing video
playback tune your TV until you see a bright blue
screen.
3. Tune this channel until the video picture is sharp
and the sound is clear.
If you have used a SCART or AUDIO and VIDEO
cables you will not have to tune your TV, simply
select the AV channel. The AV channel is already
pre-tuned for optimum video playback on your TV.
RF CHANNEL
7. Use PROG. (-/+) to select another video channel.
You may select any channel number between 22
and 68.
8. Select a TV channel which you wish to watch
video.
Press 1/+ on the front of your DVD+VCR when
you have finished.
Tune this channel so that a bright blue screen
appears.
Store this channel on your TV.
Notes:
Make sure that you have correctly installed your DVD+VCR
and successfully tuned in a dedicated video channel on your
TV. If you do not tune in a dedicated video channel on your
TV you will be unable to view and record video tapes!
Using your VCR for the very
first time
Following picture will display on the TV screen
when you have just connected your video
recorder for the very first time.
To make tuning TV stations, please follow stages
3 to 4 as shown "ACMS" (see p.14).
4. Store this channel on your TV.
You will need to look at the TV instruction book if
you do not know how to do this.
ACMS
Pr-12
5. Only carry out stages 5 ~ 8 if you cannot
obtain clear video playback as described in
stages 1 ~ 4.
Select a TV channel which you wish to watch
video.
Make sure that your DVD+VCR is in standby
pressing 1/+ on the remote control (only the clock
will be displayed).
6. Press PROG. (-/+) on the front of your DVD+VCR
for more than 4 seconds.
RF36 will appear in the display window.
The following picture will be displayed on the TV
screen.
12
36
ACMS
OK i
Setting the clock Manually
To set the colour system
The clock in your VCR controls time and date
settings for your VCR.
The clock is set automatically during ACMS
(Automatic Channel Memory System) when your
VCR detects a channel that broadcasts a
Teletext signal. If the broadcast signal is weak
the clock will not be set and will require setting
manually.
1. Press i.
3. Press 1 or 2 to select the SYS and press OK.
4. Press 3 or 4 to select according to the COLOUR
system used.
AUTO 1 2
PAL
SET SYS
MESECAM
f OSD
ON
OFF
Installation and Setup
1. Press i.
Press 1 or 2 to select SET.
Press OK.
The ACSS mode can be set to “OFF” by pressing
OK if you want to set the time manually.
2. The main menu will appear on the TV screen.
SYS
i
5. Press 1 or 2 to select the RF AUDIO.
Press 3 or 4 to select according to the RF AUDIO
used.
HH MM
-- : - -
DD MM YY
-- . -- . -ACSS
1 2
--:
ON
OK i
SET
2. Use the v or V on the remote control to alter the
HOURS, MINUTES, DAY, MONTH and YEAR.
Please note your VCR uses a 24 hour clock. e.g.
1pm will be displayed as 13:00.
The day of the week will appear automatically
when you enter the year.
RF-I/I 1 2
RF-B/G
RF-D/KSET SYS
f OSD
ON
OFF
SYS
i
6. Press i to remove the menus from the TV screen.
3. If you make a mistake press 1 or 2 and enter the
correct details.
HH MM
8 : 00
1 2
SET
DD MM YY
1 . 01 . 05
ACSS
:
SAB
SPE.
OK i
4. Press i to return to a TV picture.
13
How to using the main menu
This DVD+VCR can easily be programmed by
using the menus displayed on screen.
The menus are controlled from the Remote
Control Handset.
1. Switch on your TV set and video recorder by
pressing the 1/+ button.
2. Press i button.
The main menu will appear on the TV screen.
Tuning in TV Stations
Automatically
If the TV broadcast signal is weak your VCR
may not detect the necessary information and
will not be able to store them correctly. To overcome
this problem please turn to the MANUAL TUNING
section on page 15.
1. Press 1/+ to turn on your DVD+VCR.
2. Press i button.
The main menu will appear on the TV screen.
Press 1 or 2 to select the ACMS.
Press OK.
1 2
SET SYS
f OSD
ON
OFF
1 2
Pr-12
REC - Timer recording setting (see p. 25).
PR SET - Manual tuning setting (see p. 15).
ACMS - ACMS (Automatic Channel Memory
System) (see p. 14).
SET - Date & clock setting (see p. 13).
SYS - To set the Colour TV System (see p. 13).
(Dr.) - To check a problem with your VCR
(see p. 36).
F.OSD ON/OFF - To display the operational
mode of your VCR
(see p. 36).
(16:9/4:3) - To select the aspect ratio of your
TV (see p. 37).
DECODER - To use a pay-TV decoder (or
Satellite) with your VCR
(see p. 37).
O
(OPR) - To improve the playback picture
(see p. 22).
NIC - To activate or deactivate the NICAM digital
sound (see p. 37).
Tip:
You can change the menu language on the DVD
setup menu. (See the Menu Language on page 18.)
3. Press 1 and 2 to select the desired menu.
Press OK and press 3 or 4 to select.
4. Press i to remove the menus from the TV screen.
14
ACMS
SET SYS
ACMS
Pr-12
f OSD
ACMS
ON
OFF
OK i
Pr-12
OK i
ACMS
4. Press OK to again to start the automatic tuning
process.
01
02
03
C02
C03
C04
00
00
00
BBC1
BBC2
ITV
S
E
Pr-12
i
ACMS
5. The TV STATION TABLE will appear when tuning
is completed.
Press i to save your settings.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
PSET
R
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
----
00
00
00
00
00
---MOVE :
DELETE :
BBC1
BBC2
ITV
CH4
CH5
------------,
OK i
Notes:
Please note currently only a limited number of TV
companies transmit the Programme Delivery Control
(PDC) signal which enables your DVD+VCR to successfully identify and store them. If your DVD+VCR
has difficulty in identifying a TV station please turn the
page to find out how to manually tune in and name a
TV station. While automatic tuning is taking place the
time and date will set automatically.
If - - :- - appears in the DVD+VCR display it means
that the broadcast signal is weak and the clock was
not set. Please turn to CLOCK SET section of this
book on page 13.
Tuning in TV Stations Manually
In certain areas of the country broadcast signals
may be too weak for your DVD+VCR’s automatic
tuning process to find or assign TV stations
correctly.
You must tune in these weaker broadcast stations
manually in order for your DVD+VCR to store
them.
1. Press i.
The main menu will appear on the TV screen.
Press 1 or 2 to select the PR SET.
Press OK.
P
RSET
ACMS
CH
C03
MFT
00
CH
C04
STATION
MFT
00
CHANNEL/CABLE : AV
i
PSET
R
6. Press 2 to select STATION so that you may name
your TV station.
Press OK.
7. Use 3 or 4 to select letters and numbers for the
station name.
Use 1 or 2 to move back and forth between
characters.
Press OK.
Installation and Setup
PR
01
Pr-12
PR
04
STATION
PR-03
1 2
SET SYS
P
RSET
f OSD
ON
OFF
CHANNEL/CABLE : AV
P
RSET
PR
04
CH
C04
MFT
00
STAZIONE
-
i
PSET
R
2. Press i.
The station table will appear.
OK i
8. Press i, confirm the station placement.
3. Press 3 or 4 to select the programme number that
you want to tune (for example, PR 04).
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
C01
C02
C03
------
00
00
00
-----MOVE :
DELETE :
PSET
R
PR
04
PR-01
PR-02
PR-03
--------------------,
CH
C--
MFT
--
MFT
00
STAZIONE
PR-04
P
RSET
OK i
4. Press OK.
Press AUX to select C (Standard stations) or S
(Cable stations):
C02 - C69, S01 - S41.
Enter the channel number of station that you want
to tune, use 3 or 4 to find the required station.
PR
04
CH
C04
OK i
If you wish to manually tune other stations repeat
stages 3 - 8.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
P
RSET
C01
C02
C03
C04
-----
00
00
00
00
----SPOSTA:
CANCELLA:
PR-01
PR-02
PR-03
PR-04
----------------,
OK i
9. Press i again.
Your new TV station has now been tuned into your
DVD+VCR.
STATION
----
CHANNEL/CABLE : AV
PSET
R
i
5. Searching will stop when it locates a stations.
Press 2 to select MFT.
Control the fine tuning of the station by using 3 or
4.
15
Changing the order of TV Stations
Deleting TV Stations
After tuning TV stations into your VCR you may
wish to change the order in which they are
stored without having to retune them against!
The instructions given on this page will show you
how you can simply move them into your desired
order.
After tuning TV stations into your VCR you may
wish to delete a station.
how you can easily delete any unwanted TV
stations.
1. Press i.
The main menu will appear on the TV screen.
Press 1 or 2 to select the PR SET.
Press OK.
1. Press i.
The main menu will appear on the TV screen.
Press 1 or 2 to select the PR SET.
Press OK.
PR
01
PSET
R
PR
01
PSET
R
Pr-12
ACMS
CH
C03
MFT
00
SET SYS
PSET
R
i
2. Press i.
Press 3 or 4 to select the programme number
you want to move (for example, PR 03).
Press 2.
C01
C02
C03
C04
-----
00
00
00
00
-----
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
PR-01
PR-02
PR-03
PR-04
-----------------
MOVE :
DELETE :
,
C01
C02
C03
C04
-----
PR-01
PR-02
PR-03
PR-04
-----------------
SET SYS
STATION
PR-03
PSET
R
CHANNEL/CABLE : AV
i
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
C01
C02
C04
-C03
----
00
00
00
-00
----
PR-01
PR-02
PR-04
----PR-03
-------------
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
PSET
R
C01
C02
C04
-C03
----
00
00
00
-00
---MOVE :
DELETE :
PR-01
PR-02
PR-04
----PR-03
------------,
C01
C02
C04
-C03
----
OK i
5. Press i to remove the menus from the TV screen.
00
00
00
-00
---MOVE :
DELETE :
PR-01
PR-02
PR-04
----PR-03
------------,
OK i
4. Press 1.
After a short while, the selected station will be
deleted.
If you wish to delete other TV stations repeat
stages 3 - 4.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
4. Press OK.
The selected programme will be moved to the
new programme number.
If you wish to move other TV stations repeat
stages 1 - 4.
PSET
R
3. Press 3 or 4 to select the programme number
you want to delete. (for example, PR 01)
OK i
PSET
R
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
2. Press i.
PSET
R
OK i
PSET
R
OK i
00
00
00
00
-----
3. Press 3 or 4 to select the programme number
you want to move to (for example, PR 05).
16
MFT
00
PSET
R
CHANNEL/CABLE : AV
PSET
R
PSET
R
ACMS
f OSD
ON
OFF
STATION
PR-03
CH
C03
1 2
1 2
f OSD
ON
OFF
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Pr-12
C01
C02
-C03
-----
00
00
-00
----MOVE :
DELETE :
PR-02
PR-04
----PR-03
----------------,
OK i
5. Press i to remove the menus from the TV screen.
Before Operation-DVD part
You can display the general playback status on the TV
screen. Some items can be changed using the menu.
To use the on-screen display:
Example: On-Screen Display during
playing DVD Video
Selection Method
Items
Title Number
1/3
b / B, Numbers
ENTER
1 / 12
b / B, Numbers
ENTER
1. Press DISPLAY during playback.
2. Press v / V to select an item.
The selected item is highlighted.
Chapter Number
Time search
3. Press b / B to change the setting. You can also
use the number buttons if appropriate (e.g.
inputting the title number). For some functions,
press ENTER to execute the setting.
Notes:
• Some discs may not provide all of the features
shown below.
• If no button is pressed for 10 seconds, the
on-screen display disappears.
Playback Status/Restrictions
Title
Repeat title
Repeat sequence
A-B
1/9
Enter a Marker
MARKER SEARCH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Marker Search menu
Resume play from this point
Action prohibited or not available
0:20:09
Audio language
and Digital Audio
Output mode
Subtitle language
Numbers, ENTER
Installation and Setup
On-Screen Display
b / B or
A.MONITOR
ABC
1 ENG
Angle
1/3
Sound
3D SUR
b / B or
SUBTITLE
b / B or
ANGLE
b/B
Example: On-Screen Display during
playing VCD
Items
Selection Method
Track Number
(or PBC mode)
1/3
Time search
0:20:09
Audio Channel
STEREO
Sound
3D SUR
b / B, Numbers
ENTER
Numbers
ENTER
b / B or
A.MONITOR
b/B
Example: On-Screen Display during
playing divx movie disc
Items
Selection Method
Track Number
1/3
Time search
0:20:09
Audio language
and Digital Audio
Output mode
Subtitle language
Sound
1
MP3
ABC
b / B, Numbers
ENTER
Numbers, ENTER
b / B or
A.MONITOR
ENG
b / B or
SUBTITLE
3D SUR
b/B
17
Initial Settings
LANGUAGE
LANGUAGE
By using the Setup menu, you can make various
adjustments to items such as picture and sound. You
can also set a language for the subtitles and the
Setup menu, among other things. For details on each
Setup menu item, see pages 18 to 21.
English
Disc Audio
Original
Disc Subtitle
Off
Disc Menu
Original
To display and exit the Menu:
Press SETUP MENU to display the menu. A second
press of SETUP MENU will take you back to initial
screen.
Menu Language
To go to the next level:
Press B on the remote control.
Select a language for the Setup menu and on-screen
display.
To go back to the previous level:
Press b on the remote control.
Disc Audio / Subtitle / Menu
General Operation
1. Press SETUP MENU. The Setup menu appears.
2. Use v / V to select the desired option then press
B to move to the second level. The screen shows
the current setting for the selected item, as well as
alternate setting(s).
3. Use v / V to select the second desired option then
press B to move to the third level.
4. Use v / V to select the desired setting then press
ENTER to confirm your selection. Some items
require additional steps.
5. Press SETUP MENU or N to exit the Setup
menu.
18
Menu Language
Move
Select
DVD
Select the language you prefer for the audio track
(disc audio), subtitles, and the disc menu.
Original: Refers to the original language in which the
disc was recorded.
Other: To select another language, press number
buttons then ENTER to enter the corresponding 4-digit
number according to the language code list in the
reference chapter. If you enter the wrong language code,
).
press CLEAR (
DISPLAY
AUDIO
DISPLAY
Display Mode
Widescreen
Progressive Scan
Off
TV Output Select
RGB
Move
TV Aspect
Each DVD disc has a variety of audio output options.
Set this unit AUDIO options according to the type of
audio system you use.
16 : 9
AUDIO
Select
DVD
Dolby Digital
Bitstream
DTS
Bitstream
MPEG
PCM
Sample Freq.
48KHz
DRC
On
Vocal
On
Installation and Setup
TV Aspect
4:3 : Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected.
Move
16:9 : Select when a 16:9 wide TV is connected.
Display Mode
DVD
Display Mode setting works only when the TV Aspect
mode is set to “4:3”.
LetterBox: Displays a wide picture with bands on the
upper and lower portions of the screen.
Panscan: Automatically displays the wide picture on the
entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit.
Dolby Digital / DTS / MPEG
DVD
Select
DivX
Bitstream: Select “Bitstream” if you connect the
DVD Player’s DIGITAL OUT jack to an amplifier or
other equipment with a Dolby Digital, DTS or
MPEG decoder.
PCM (for Dolby Digital / MPEG): Select when
connected to a two-channel digital stereo amplifier.
DVDs encoded in Dolby Digital or MPEG will be
automatically downmixed to two-channel PCM
audio.
Off (for DTS): If you select “Off”, the DTS signal is
not output through the DIGITAL OUT jack.
Sample Freq. (Frequency)
DVD
If your receiver or amplifier is NOT capable of handling 96 kHz signals, select 48 kHz. When this choice
is made, this unit automatically converts any 96 kHz
signals to 48 kHz so your system can decode them.
If your receiver or amplifier is capable of handling 96
kHz signals, select 96 kHz. When this choice is made,
this unit passes each type of signal through without
any further processing.
Check the documentation for your amplifier to verify
its capabilities.
Dynamic Range Control (DRC)
DVD
DivX
With the DVD format, you can hear a program’s
soundtrack in the most accurate and realistic presentation possible, thanks to digital audio technology.
However, you may wish to compress the dynamic
range of the audio output (the difference between the
loudest sounds and the quietest ones). This allows
you to listen to a movie at a lower volume without
losing clarity of sound. Set DRC to On for this effect.
Vocal
DVD
Set to On only when a multi-channel karaoke DVD is
playing. The karaoke channels on the disc mix into
normal stereo sound.
19
OTHERS
DivX(R) VOD
The PBC, Auto Play and DivX(R) VOD settings can be
changed.
You can display the DivX DRM (Digital Rights
Management) Registration code for your unit only.
DivX
OTHERS
PBC
On
Auto Play
Off
DivX(R) VOD
DivX(R) Video On Demand
Your registration code is : XXXXXXXX
Select
To learn more visit
www.divx.com/vod
(Done)
Move
PBC
Select
VCD
Set Playback Control (PBC) to On or Off.
On: Video CDs with PBC are played according to the
PBC.
Off: Video CDs with PBC are played the same way as
Audio CDs.
Auto Play
DVD
You can set up the DVD Player so a DVD disc automatically starts playing whenever the DVD is inserted.
If Auto Play mode is set to On, this DVD player will
search for title that has the longest playback time and
then play back the title automatically.
The Registration code is used for VOD (Video-OnDemand) service agent. You can purchase or rent an
encrypt move file.
Notes:
If you rent the DivX VOD file, it has several options of
viewing limits as shown below.
• Display the number which you can watch the file.
View DivX(R) VOD Rental
This rental has 3 views left.
Do you want to use one
of your 3 views now?
(Yes) (No)
On: Auto Play function is active.
Off: Auto Play function is not active.
• The rental has been expired.
Notes:
The Auto Play function may not work for some DVDs.
Rental Expired
(Done)
• Display the authorization error.
Authorization Error
This player is not authorized
to play this video.
(Done)
20
Password (Security Code)
LOCK (Parental Control)
You can enter or change password.
LOCK
Rating
Unlock
Password
New
Area Code
SEB
G
1. Select Password on the LOCK menu then press B.
2. Follow step 2 as shown left (Rating). “Change” or
“New” is highlighted.
3. Enter the new 4-digit code, then press ENTER.
Input it again to verify.
Rating
Select
DVD
4. Press SETUP MENU to exit the menu.
Some movies contain scenes that may not be suitable
for children to view. Many of these discs contain
parental control information that applies to the
complete disc or to certain scenes on the disc. Movies
and scenes are rated from 1 to 8, depending on the
country. Some discs offer more suitable scenes as an
alternative.
If you forget your Security Code
The parental control feature allows you to block
access to scenes below the rating you input, there by
preventing your children from being able to view
material you believe is unsuitable.
3. Enter a new code as described above.
1. Select “Rating” on the LOCK menu then
press B.
Enter the code of the country/area whose standards
were used to rate the DVD video disc, based on the
list in the reference chapter.
2. To access the Rating, Password and Country Code
features, you must input the 4-digit security code
you created. If you have not yet entered a security
code you are prompted to do so.
Input a 4-digit code and press ENTER. Enter it
again and press ENTER to verify. If you make a
mistake before pressing ENTER, press CLEAR
(
).
3. Select a rating from 1 to 8 using the v / V buttons.
Installation and Setup
Move
If you forget your security code you can clear it using
the following steps:
1. Press SETUP MENU to display the Setup menu.
2. Input the 6-digit number “210499” and the security
code is cleared.
Area Code
DVD
1. Select “Area Code” on the LOCK menu then
press B.
2. Follow step 2 as shown left (Rating).
3. Select the first character using v / V buttons.
4. Press ENTER and select the second character
using v / V buttons.
5. Press ENTER to confirm your country code
selection.
Rating 1-8: Rating one (1) has the most restrictions and rating eight (8) is the least restrictive.
Unlock
If you select unlock, parental control is not active
and the disc plays in full.
Notes:
If you set a rating for the player, all disc scenes with
the same rating or lower are played. Higher rated
scenes are not played unless an alternate scene is
available on the disc. The alternative must have the
same rating or a lower one. If no suitable alternative is
found, playback stops. You must enter the 4-digit
password or change the rating level in order to play
the disc.
4. Press ENTER to confirm your rating selection, then
press SETUP MENU to exit the menu.
21
Operation
Playing a tape
You will only be able to load and eject video cassettes
when your DVD+VCR is plugged into the mains.
Your DVD+VCR may also playback recordings from
NTSC tapes (on PAL TV).
Getting a better picture
When a cassette is inserted and playback started, the
automatic tracking function works to get the best possible picture automatically. If the quality of the recording is
poor, repeatedly press 3 or 4 on the remote control to
manually adjust the tracking until any distortions have
been removed.
1. Make sure that you have correctly connected your
DVD+VCR as described earlier in this book.
Turn on your TV.
Press 1/+ to turn on your DVD+VCR.
Insert the video cassette into your DVD+VCR.
The video cassette should have the window side
facing up and the arrow facing away from you.
2. Press N to start playing your tape.
If you load a video cassette which has had its
record protection tab removed, playback of the
cassette will start automatically.
AUTO TRACKING
Your DVD+VCR will automatically adjust the
tracking to give the best picture quality.
If noise bars appear during playback, adjust the
tracking manually by pressing PR/TRK (-/+).
3. Press X to still a picture. Press X repeatedly to
advance the tape frame by frame.
If you press M, the picture will be slowed down
at about 1/19 times the normal playback.
Tapes can be paused for up to 5 minutes. After 5
minutes your DVD+VCR will stop the tape to
prevent damaging the tape or your DVD+VCR .
Still picture quality can be improved slightly by
using v or V.
4. Press N to continue playing your tape.
Double speed playback
Press the "N (X2)" button during normal
playback. The tape will play back at double speed
and without sound.
Press the "N (X2)" button to return to playback at
normal speed
Picture search:
During playing back press either m or M to this
will enable you to rapidly wind the tape (7 times
normal playback) see where you are on the tape.
Logic search:
During fast forwarding or rewinding press and hold
m or M the picture will be played back at 7 times
normal playback speed.
5. Slow motion playback, Shuttle :
During playing back or still picture press F or G.
You can reach the following playback speeds.
(-7xplay, -3xplay, -play, still, 1/19 slow, play, 2xplay,
7xplay)
To switch off the slow motion and shuttle, press the
desired function.
During slow motion and shuttle, the noise bars
may appear on the picture according to the status
of tape.
If distortions can be seen in the picture, reduce
them with v or V.
6. Press 9 to end playback.
Press EJECT ( ).
If the end of the tape is reached, your DVD+VCR
will stop playback automatically, rewind, stop, eject
the tape.
CM (Commercial Message) Skip:
This feature enables you during playback of a tape to
skip a commercial break in a few seconds, then
resume normal playback.
While tape is playing press
on the remote control
to skip commercial (or another programme material).
Repeatedly press
to skip:
1 Press 30 seconds
2 Press 60 seconds
3 Press 90 seconds
4 Press 120 seconds
5 Press 150 seconds
6 Press 180 seconds
OPR (Optimum Picture Response)
This feature automatically improves playback picture
quality by adjusting your DVD+VCR to the condition of
the tape. Please note that the OPR icon ( ) will only
appear in play that mode when playing a tape.
1. Press i.
2. Press 1 or 2 to select ( ) OPR.
3. Press OK.
4. Press 3 or 4 repeatedly to select: OFF, SOFT or
SHARP.
Please note you may only set OPR when
playing a tape.
5. Press i return to screen.
Notes:
• When playing back tapes that have been overrecorded
with new content, the original audio may be audible
during auto tracking.
• The image may be distorted during special playback in
LP mode.
22
PSET
R
f OSD
ON
OFF
Pr-12
ACMS
OFF
1 2
SOFT
SYS
SET SHARP
R
7. Press X to avoid recording unwanted scenes.
Press X to continue recording.
Your DVD+VCR allows you to make recordings
using a variety of simple methods:
Instant Timer Recording start recording
immediately for a set period of time or until the
video cassette runs out.
Your DVD+VCR incorporates Long Play (LP)
which enables you to record up to twice the
amount of time on a video cassette. For example
an E-180 will record up to 180 minutes using
Standard Play (SP); using LP you will be able to
record up to 360 minutes. Please note there will
be a slight loss in picture and sound quality when
using LP.
1. Make sure that you have correctly connected
your DVD+VCR as described earlier in this book.
Press 1/+ to turn on your DVD+VCR.
Tapes can be paused for up to 5 minutes; RECP
will be displayed when a tape is paused. After 5
minutes your DVD+VCR will stop recording to
prevent damaging the tape or your DVD+VCR.
8. Press x to end recording.
Press EJECT ( ).
Notes:
If you do not wish to record on a tape (this can happen quite easily by accident!) remove the protection
tab on the back edge of the video cassette.
It is possible to record on a video cassette with the
record protection tab removed by covering the hole
with self adhesive tape.
Remember you can record one programme while
watching another by starting your instant recording,
press TV/VCR to select TV mode and then selecting a different channel on your TV.
Operation
Instant Timer Recording
2. Insert a video cassette with protection tab into
your DVD+VCR.
The video cassette should have the window side
facing up and the arrow facing away from you.
3. Press 3 or 4 to select the programme number
you wish to record.
You may also directly select programme number
using the numbered buttons on the remote control.
4. If you wish to record directly from the SCART or
RCA jacks, repeatedly press AUX until the socket you wish to record from is displayed.
AV 1 for recording from EURO AV1 SCART jacks
on the rear of your unit.
AV 2 for recording from EURO AV2 SCART jacks
on the rear of your unit.
AV 3 for recording from VIDEO IN and AUDIO IN
(Left & Right) jacks on the front of your unit.
5. Press
if you wish to record in Long Play or
Standard Play.
SP will produce improved picture and sound
quality, however LP will provide twice as much
recording time as SP.
z) on the remote to start record6. Press REC (z
ing.
z) on the
Press z on your unit or press REC (z
remote several times. Each successive press will
increase the record time by 30 minutes until you
reach a maximum of 9 hours.
23
VIDEO Plus+ Programming
VIDEO Plus+ greatly simplifies entering the date,
channel, start and end times of a Timer Recording
by simply entering VIDEO Plus+ Code. VIDEO
Plus+ Codes are published in most TV guide magazines; they can vary one to nine numbers in
length.
5. Press F or G to select the settings that you wish to
revise. (PR, DATE, TIME VPS/PDC and SP).
Press D or E to enter the correct information.
PR
DATE
TIME
PR-01 12
10 : 11 ~ 11 : 55
--- - : - - ~ - -: - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - -
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
i
1. Make sure that TV channels have been tuned and
stored in correct VIDEO Plus+ order.
Insert a video cassette with protection tab into your
DVD+VCR.
VIDEO PLUS+ CODE NO.
---------
0~9, OK i
REC
2. Press VIDEO Plus+.
3. Press the numbered buttons to enter the
PlusCode of the TV programme that you wish to
record.
If you make a mistake press F then enter the
revised number.
6. Press G to select the recording speed.
Press D or E to select the desired tape speed
(SP, IP, or LP).
IP mode determines how much tape is left and
switches speed from SP to LP, if necessary, to
complete recording the program.
IP mode is not selected when VPS/PDC is ON.
Check that the timer event details are correct.
If you wish to record from AUDIO IN and VIDEO IN
on the front or from either of the EURO SCART
sockets on the back of VCR, press AUX to select for
correct display (AV1, AV2 or AV3).
PR
DATE
TIME
PR-01 12
10 : 11 ~ 11 : 55
--- - : - - ~ - -: - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - -
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
i
VIDEO PLUS+ CODE NO.
246876543
REC
0~9,
DELETE :
OK i
4. Press OK.
If PLEASE CHECK is displayed it means that you
have entered the wrong VIDEO Plus+ numbers,
entered the VIDEO Plus+ numbers incorrectly.
If “- -” is displayed, you have to enter the
programme number of the station, you want to
record from.
PR
DATE
TIME
PR-01 12
10 : 11 ~ 11 : 55
--- - : - - ~ - -: - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - -
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
i
24
7. If you want to make another VIDEO Plus+
recording repeat stages 2 - 7.
Press i twice.
If PLEASE CHECK is displayed, you have entered
incorrect information and will need to re-enter the
data.
Press 1/I to switch your DVD+VCR power off
mode.
will appear in the video recorder’s display while
your VCR waits to make the recording.
To watch a DVD during timer recording standby
mode, press 1/I and DVD to switch to DVD mode.
8. Press 1/I to end recording.
Notes:
Programme Delivery Control (PDC)
The Programme Delivery Control (PDC) system adjusts
the start and end times of a timer record event. This can
be particularly useful with sports events which may run
over into extra time. The PDC signal is transmitted by
the broadcaster and this controls your video recorder’s
timer. Currently only a limited number of TV companies
transmit PDC signals. Please make sure that when
recording from channels that do not broadcast PDC that
you turn PDC OFF.
You may set up to seven timer record events
within one month of the current date.
Note:
Before setting the timer make sure that you have
set the DVD+VCR clock correctly and you know
which stations you have tuned TV stations on
your DVD+VCR.
1. Insert a video cassette with protection tab into
your DVD+VCR.
The video cassette should have the window side
facing up and the arrow facing away from you.
PR
DATE
T I M E
- - : - - ~ - -: - PR-03
3
--- - : - - ~ - -: - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - --- - : - -~- - : - DLY SU MO TU WE TH FR
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SA
OK i
6. Use v/V/1/2 buttons to enter the recording start
and end times of the programme that you wish to
record.
Please note your DVD+VCR uses a 24 hour clock.
e.g. 1pm will be displayed as 13:00.
PR
PR-03
-------
DATE
4
-------
TIME
14 : 00 ~ 15: 30
- - : - - ~ - -: - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - -
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
Operation
Timer recording using On
Screen Display
i
2. Press i.
Press 1 or 2 to select REC (
Press OK.
PR
--------
DATE
--------
).
T I M E
- - : - - ~ - -: - - - : - - ~ - -: - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - DELETE:
,
7. Press B and press v or V to switch VPS/PDC on
or off.
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
OK i
PR
PR-03
-------
DATE
4
-------
TIME
14 : 00 ~ 15: 30
- - : - - ~ - -: - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - -
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
VPS/PDC : ON
3. Press OK to start setting the timer record event.
4. Use the v/V to enter the station that you wish to
record then press 2.
PR
PR-03
-------
DATE
--------
TIME
- - : - - ~ - -: - - - : - - ~ - -: - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - -
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
i
Note:
If all timer record events are full press v or V to
select the event that you wish to remove and replace.
Press b to delete the event.
i
8. Press B to select the recording speed.
Press v or V to select the desired tape speed
(SP, IP, or LP).
IP mode determines how much tape is left and
switches speed from SP to LP, if necessary, to
complete recording the program. IP mode is not
selected when VPS/PDC is ON.
PR
PR-03
-------
DATE
4
-------
TIME
14 : 00 ~ 15: 30
- - : - - ~ - -: - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - - - : - -~- - : - -
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
i
5. Use the v/V to enter the date of the
programme.
If you press OK before entering the date you may
select one of the following automated recording
features.
Press 1 or 2 to select, then press OK to confirm.
DLY To record every day (except Saturday and
Sunday) at the same time.
SU~SA To record at the same time every week.
25
Timer recording using On
Screen Display (Continued)
9. Press i to set another timer record event and
follow steps 3 to 8.
Check that the timer event details are correct.
Press i return to screen.
If PLEASE CHECK is displayed, you have entered
incorrectly and will need to re-enter the data.
10. Press 1/+ to switch your DVD+VCR to Timer
Standby mode.
The timer symbol ( ) will appear in the display
window while your DVD+VCR waits to make the
recording.
11. Press 1/+ to end timer recording.
Notes:
If you want to stop recording while recording is in
progress, press 1/+ to stop recording.
The DVD+VCR will automatically power off when
Timer Recording ends.
During timer recording standby mode, the DVD and
VCR mode cannot be operated. To use the
DVD+VCR, press 1/+ . After you use the DVD or
VCR, press 1/+ again to put the VCR into timer
recording standby mode.
If at a later date you wish to delete or change any
of the settings in timer event memory you may do
so without having to enter all the timer event information again. Simply display the timer event screen.
Use v or V to select the event that you wish to
delete or change.
Press b to delete the event...or
Press OK to change; then press b or B to select;
Station, Date, Start and End times and
recording speed. Press v or V to enter the correct
information.
If Timer record events Overlap...
Make sure that the preset times of the timer
recording events do not overlap. If they do, the
earlier programme will always be given priority.
Example:
Programme 1 is programmed to start at 16:00 and
end at 17:00.
Programme 2 is programmed to start at 16:30 and
end at 17:30.
(In this case, Programme 1 will be recorded in its
entirety, but only the last 30 minutes of Programme
2 will be recorded.)
26
To watch a DVD while performing a timer recording,
press DVD to select DVD mode.
Playing a DVD or Video CD
General Features
Playback Setup
Note:
Unless stated otherwise, all operations described use
the remote control. Some features may also be
available on the Setup menu.
1. Turn on the TV and select the video input source
connected to the DVD player.
2. Turn on the audio system (if applicable) and select
the input source connected to the DVD player.
3. Press OPEN/CLOSE ( ) to open the disc tray
and load your chosen disc in the tray, with the
playback side down.
4. Press OPEN/CLOSE ( ) to close the tray.
Playback starts automatically. If playback does not
start, press N.
In some cases, the disc menu might appear
instead:
Moving to another TITLE
When a disc has more than one title, you can move to
another title. Press DISPLAY while playback is
stopped then the appropriate number (0-9) or use
b / B to move to another title.
You can play any title by inputting its number while
playback is stopped.
Moving to another CHAPTER/TRACK
DVD
Use the b B v V buttons to select the title/chapter
you want to view, then press ENTER to start.
Press TITLE or DISC MENU to return to the menu
screen.
VCD
Use the number buttons to select the track you
want to view and press RETURN to return to the
menu screen. Menu settings and operating
procedures may differ. Follow the instructions on
the each menu screen. You also may set PBC to
Off (See “PBC” on page 20).
Notes:
• If parental control is set and the disc is not within
the rating settings you must input the password.
(See “Lock Menu” on page 21.)
• DVDs may have a region code. Your player does
not play discs that have a region code different from
your player. The region code for this player is 2
(two).
DVD
DVD
VCD
DivX
When a title on a disc has more than one chapter or a
disc has more than one track, you can move to
another chapter/track as follows:
•
Press . or > briefly during playback to select
the next chapter/track or to return to the beginning
of the current chapter/track.
•
Press . twice briefly to step back to the
previous chapter/track.
•
To go directly to any chapter during DVD playback,
press DISPLAY and press v / V to select the
chapter/track icon. Then, input the chapter/track
number or use b / B.
Search
DVD
VCD
DivX
1. Press m or M during playback.
2. Press m or M repeatedly to select the required
speed.
DVD, DivX disc; X2, X4, X16 or X100
Video CD; X2, X4 or X8
3. To exit SEARCH mode, press N.
Changing the Audio Channel
VCD
Press A.MONITOR repeatedly during playback to hear
a different audio channel (Stereo, Left, or Right).
27
Still Picture and Frame-by-Frame Playback
DVD
VCD
DivX
1. Press X on the remote control during playback.
Advance the picture frame-by-frame by pressing X
repeatedly.
2. To exit still motion mode, press N.
Slow Motion
DVD
VCD
DivX
1. Press X during playback.
The DVD player will now go into PAUSE mode.
2. Use m or M to select the required speed: t
1/16, t 1/8, t 1/4, or t 1/2 (backward), or T
1/16, T 1/8, T 1/4, or T 1/2 (forward).
With a Video CD, the Slow speed changes: T
1/16, T 1/8, T 1/4 or T 1/2 (forward).
3. To exit Slow Motion mode, press N.
Note:
Slow motion playback in reverse is not possible with
Video CDs and DivX Discs.
Random
VCD
Karaoke DVD
1. Press RANDOM during playback or in stop mode.
The unit automatically begins random playback
and RANDOM appears on the TV screen.
2. Press RANDOM again to normal.
Tip:
By pressing > during random playback, the unit selects
another title (track) and resumes random playback.
DVD
VCD
DivX
You can play a title/chapter/all/track on a disc.
Press REPEAT during playback to select a desired
repeat mode.
DVD Video Discs - Repeat Chapter/Title/Off
• Chapter: repeats the current chapter.
• Title: repeats the current title.
• Off : does not play repeatedly.
Video CDs, Divx discs - Repeat Track/All/Off
• Track : repeats the current track
• All : repeats all the tracks on a disc.
• Off : does not play repeatedly.
Notes:
• On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the
setup menu to use the repeat function (See “PBC” on
page 20).
• If you press > once during Repeat Chapter (Track)
playback, the repeat playback cancels.
3D Surround
DVD
VCD
DivX
To produce a 3D surround effect that simulates
multi-channel audio from two stereo speakers (instead
of the five+ speakers normally required for multi-channel audio from a home theater system).
1. Press DISPLAY during playback.
2. Use 3 or 4 to select the sound option.
The sound option will be highlighted.
3. Use 1 or 2 to to select “3D SUR”.
To turn off the 3D Surround effect, select “Normal”.
Time Search
DVD
VCD
DivX
Note:
To start playing at any chosen time on the disc:
On a Video CD with PBC, You must set PBC to Off on the
setup menu to use the random function (See “PBC” on page
20).
1. Press DISPLAY during playback. The time search
box shows the elapsed playing time.
Repeat A-B
2. Press v / V to select the time clock icon and
“-:--:--” appears.
DVD
VCD
DivX
To repeat a sequence.
1. Press REPEAT A-B at your chosen starting point. “
A * ” appears briefly on the TV screen.
2. Press REPEAT A-B again at your chosen end
point.
“A B” appears briefly on the TV screen and the
repeat sequence begins.
3. Press REPEAT A-B again to cancel.
28
Repeat
3. Input the required start time in hours, minutes, and
seconds from left to right. If you enter the wrong
numbers, press CLEAR (
) to remove the numbers you entered. Then input the correct numbers.
4. Press ENTER to confirm. Playback starts from the
selected time.
DVD
VCD
Special DVD Features
DivX
Use zoom to enlarge the video image.
1. Press ZOOM during playback or still playback to
activate the Zoom function. The square frame
appears briefly in the right bottom of the picture.
2. Each press of the ZOOM button changes the TV
screen in the sequence: 100% size → 400% size
→ 1600% size → screen fit mode → 100% size
Screen fit mode:
You can change the way the image appears on
the screen when you’re playing a DVD movie.
4 to select between Normal, Enhanced,
Press 3/4
and Maximum.
3. Use the b B v V buttons to move through the
zoomed picture.
4. To resume normal playback, press ZOOM
repeatedly or press CLEAR (
) button.
Notes:
• Zoom may not work on some DVDs.
• Screen fit mode is available for playing the DVD
disc, VR disc and movie file.
Checking the contents of DVD discs: Menus
DVDs may offer menus that allow you to access
special features. To use the disc menu, press DISC
MENU. Input the corresponding number or use the b
B v V buttons to highlight your selection. Then press
ENTER.
Title Menu
DVD
1. Press TITLE. If the current title has a menu, the
menu appears on the screen. Otherwise, the disc
menu may appear.
2. The menu offers features such as camera angles,
spoken language and subtitle options, and
chapters for the title.
3. Press TITLE to exit.
Disc Menu
DVD
Press DISC MENU and the disc menu is displayed.
Press DISC MENU again to exit.
Camera Angle
Marker Search
DVD
VCD
Operation
Zoom
DVD
DivX
To enter a Marker
You can start playback from up to nine memorized
points. To enter a marker, press MARKER at the
desired point on the disc. The Marker icon appears on
the TV screen briefly. Repeat to enter up to nine
markers.
To Recall or Clear a Marked Scene
1. During disc playback, press SEARCH. The marker
search menu appears on the screen.
2. Within 10 seconds, press b / B to select a marker
number that you want to recall or clear.
3. Press ENTER and playback starts from the
marked scene. Or, press CLEAR (
) and the
marker number is erased from the list.
4. You can play any marker by inputting its number
on the marker search menu.
If the disc contains scenes recorded at different
camera angles, you can change to a different camera
angle during playback. Press ANGLE repeatedly
during playback to select a desired angle. Note that
the number of the current angle appears on the
display.
Changing the Audio Language
DVD
DivX
Press A.MONITOR repeatedly during playback to hear
a different audio language or audio track.
With DVD-RW discs recorded in VR mode that have
both a main and a Bilingual audio channel, you can
switch between Main (L), Bilingual (R), or a mix of
both (Main + Bilingual) by pressing AUDIO.
Subtitles
DVD
DivX
Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback to see
the different subtitle languages.
Note:
• The subtitle file of the DivX file is displayed only
smi, srt and sub.
• If there is no information or there is a code that can
not read in the DivX file, “ 1 ” or etc. are displayed.
29
Playing an Audio CD or MP3 Disc
The DVD player can play MP3 formatted
recordings on CD-ROM, CD-R, or CD-RW discs.
Audio CD
Once you insert an audio CD a menu appears on the
TV screen. Press v / V to select a track then press
N or ENTER and playback starts.
AUDIO CD
0:52:07
1 / 12
List
Program
Track1
Track2
Track3
Track4
Track5
Track6
Track7
Clear All
Track8
PROGRAM Edit
MP3
1. Press v / V to select a folder, and press ENTER
to see the folder contents.
2. Press v / V to select a track then press N or
ENTER. Playback starts.
MUSIC
0:00:00
1 / 12
List
Program
MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited
as follows:
• Sampling frequency: within 8 - 48 kHz (MP3)
• Bit rate: within 8 - 320kbps (MP3)
• The player cannot read an MP3 file that has a file
extension other than “.mp3”.
• CD-R physical format should be ISO 9660
• If you record MP3 files using software that cannot
create a file system (eg. Direct-CD) it is
impossible to playback MP3 files.
We recommend that you use Easy-CD Creator,
which creates an ISO 9660 file system.
• File names should have a maximum of 8 letters
and must incorporate an .mp3 extension.
• They should not contain special letters such as /
? * : “ < > l etc.
• The total number of files on the disc should be
less than 650.
This DVD player requires discs and recordings to
meet certain technical standards in order to achieve
optimal playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are
automatically set to these standards. There are
many different types of recordable disc formats
(including CD-R containing MP3 files) and these
require certain pre-existing conditions (see above)
to ensure compatible playback.
1-Music1
2-Music2
3-Music3
4-Music4
5-Music5
6-Music6
Clear All
7-Music7
DISPLAY Info
PROGRAM Edit
ID3 TAG
• When playing a file containing information such as
track titles, you can see the information by pressing
DISPLAY. [ Song, Artist, Album, Comment, Genre ]
• If there is no information, “No ID3 TAG” appear on
the menu screen.
Tip:
• If you are in a file list on the MUSIC menu and want to
return to the Folder list, use the v / V to highlight
press ENTER.
and
• Press DISC MENU to move to the next page.
• On a CD with MP3 and JPEG you can switch MP3 and
JPEG. Press TITLE and MUSIC or PHOTO word on top of
the menu is highlighted.
• When playing a file containing information such as track
titles, you can see the information by pressing DISPLAY.
30
Customers should note that permission is
required in order to download MP3 files and
music from the Internet. Our company has no
right to grant such permission. Permission
should always be sought from the copyright
owner.
Pause
CD
MP3
1. Press X during playback.
2. To return to playback, press N, ENTER or press
X again.
Moving to another Track
CD
MP3
1. Press . or > briefly during playback to go to
the next track or to return to the beginning of the
current track.
2. Press . twice briefly to go back to the previous
track.
3. In case of audio CD, to go directly to any track,
enter the track number using the numbered
buttons (0-9).
Repeat Track/All/Off
CD
MP3
You can play a track/all on a disc.
1. Press REPEAT when playing a disc.
The repeat icon appears.
2. Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
• Track: repeats the current track
• All: repeats all the tracks on a disc.
• Off(No display): does not play repeatedly.
Note:
If you press > once during Repeat Track playback, the
repeat playback cancels.
Search
CD
MP3
1. Press m or M during playback.
2. Press m or M repeatedly to select the required
speed: X2, X4, X8 backward or forward.
Random
CD
MP3
1. Press RANDOM during playback or when
playback is stopped. Random Playback begins
immediately and RANDOM appears on the menu
screen.
2. To return to normal playback, press RANDOM
repeatedly until RANDOM disappears from the
menu screen.
Tip:
By pressing > during random playback, the unit selects
another track and resumes random playback.
Repeat A-B
CD
1. To repeat a sequence during disc playback press
REPEAT A-B at your chosen starting point.
The Repeat icon and “A” appear on the menu
screen.
Operation
Audio CD and MP3 Disc
Features
2. Press REPEAT A-B again at your chosen end
point.
The Repeat icon and “A-B” appear on the menu
screen, and the sequence begins to play
repeatedly.
3. To exit the sequence and return to normal play,
press REPEAT A-B again. The Repeat icon
disappears from the menu screen.
3D Surround
CD
To produce a 3D surround effect that simulates
multi-channel audio from two stereo speakers (instead
of the five+ speakers normally required for
multi-channel audio from a home theater system).
1. Press A.MONITOR during playback.
“3D SUR.” appears on the menu screen.
2. To return to normal playback, press A.MONITOR
repeatedly until “3D SUR.” disappears from the
menu screen.
3. To exit SEARCH mode, press N.
31
Repeat Programmed Tracks
Programmed Playback
The program function enables you to store your
favorite tracks from any disc in the player memory.
A program can contain 30 tracks.
1. Insert a disc.
Audio CD or MP3 Discs:
AUDIO CD or MUSIC menu appears.
0:00:00
2. Press B to move to the “Program” list.
Program
1 / 12
List
E
Program
Track1
Track5
Track2
Track7
1-Music1
4-Music4
Track3
Track4
2-Music2
6-Music6
Track4
Track1
3-Music3
1-Music1
E
2-Music2
Track5
3. Use v/V to select the track that you wish to erase
from the “Program” list.
4-Music4
Track6
5-Music5
6-Music6
Track7
Clear All
Track8
Clear All
7-Music7
PROGRAM Edit
PROGRAM Edit
DISPLAY Info
Audio CD Menu
MP3 Menu
Video CD: Press MNL.PROG. while playback is
stopped. The program menu appears.
Press MNL.PROG. to exit the menu.
Note:
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on
the setup menu to use the programmed playback
(See “PBC” on page 20).
VIDEO CD
List
Program
Track1
Track5
Track2
Track2
Track3
Track3
Track4
Track1
E
Track5
Clear All
Video CD Menu
3. Select a track on the “List”, then press ENTER to
place the selected track on the “Program” list.
Repeat to place additional tracks on the list.
4. Press B.
Select the track you want to start playing on the
“Program” list.
5. Press N or ENTER to start. Playback begins in
the order in which you programmed the tracks.
Playback stops after all of the tracks on the
“Program” list have played once.
6. To resume normal playback from programmed
playback, select a track of CD (or MP3) list and
then press N.
32
If you press > once during Repeat Track playback, the
repeat playback cancels.
1. Video CD : Press MNL.PROG. in the stop mode to
enter Program Edit mode.
MUSIC
1 / 12
List
• Track: repeats the current track
• All: repeats all the tracks on programmed list.
• Off(No display): does not play repeatedly.
Erasing a Track from Program List
Note:
Press MNL.PROG. again, then the E mark will
disappear to exit the Program Edit mode.
0:52:07
2. Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
Note:
2. Press MNL.PROG..
The E mark will appear to the right of the word
“Program” on the right side of the menu screen.
AUDIO CD
1. Press REPEAT when playing a disc. The repeat
icon appears.
4. Press CLEAR (
tracks on the list.
). Repeat to erase additional
Erasing the Complete Program List
1. Follow steps 1-2 of “Erasing a Track from Program
List” as above.
4 to select “Clear All”, then press ENTER.
2. Use 3/4
The complete Program for the disc will be erased.
Note:
The programs are also cleared when the disc is
removed.
Viewing a JPEG Disc
Moving to another File
Using this DVD Player you can view discs with JPEG
files.
Press . or > or cursor b or B once while
viewing a picture to advance to the next or
previous file.
1. Insert a disc and close the tray. The PHOTO menu
appears on the TV screen.
PHOTO
JPEG
Use zoom to enlarge the photo image.
(see 29 page)
Preview
List
Zoom
JPEG
JPEG Folder 1
JPEG Folder 2
>>>
To rotate picture
JPEG Folder 4
JPEG Folder 5
JPEG Folder 6
Press v / V during showing a picture to rotate the
picture clockwise or counter clockwise.
JPEG Folder 7
JPEG Folder 8
2. Press v / V to select a folder, and press ENTER.
A list of files in the folder appears. If you are in a
file list and want to return to the previous Folder
list, use the v / V buttons on the remote to
highlight
and press ENTER.
3. If you want to view a particular file, press
v / V to highlight a file and press ENTER or N.
Viewing the file proceeding starts.
The on-screen messages displayed with the file
can be turned off by pressing the RETURN (Hide)
button on the remote control.
While viewing a file, you can press x to move to
the previous menu (PHOTO menu).
Slide Show
JPEG
Use v V b B to highlight the
press ENTER.
JPEG
You can display files while listening to MP3 music files
recorded on the same disc.
1. Insert the disc containing the two types of file in
the player.
2. Press TITLE to display PHOTO menu.
3. Press v / V to select a photo file.
4. Use B / V to select
icon then press ENTER.
Playback starts. The playback will continue until
STOP is pressed.
Tip:
To listen to only the desired music watching picture,
programmed the desired tracks from the “MUSIC”
menu and then proceed as above.
(Slide Show) then
JPEG disc compatibility with this player is
limited as follows:
Tip:
• There are three Slide Speed options
(Normal) and > (Slow).
: >>> (Fast), >>
• On a disc with MP3 and JPEG you can switch MP3 and
JPEG. Press TITLE and MUSIC or PHOTO word on top of
the menu is highlighted.
• Press RETURN, information of file is hidden.
Still Picture
To listen to MP3 music watching picture
Operation
JPEG Folder 3
JPEG
• Depending upon the size and number of JPEG
files, it could take a long time for the DVD player
to read the disc’s contents. If you don’t see an
on-screen display after several minutes, some of
the files may be too large — reduce the resolution
of the JPEG files to less than 2M pixels as 2760 x
2048 pixels and burn another disc.
• The total number of files and folders on the disc
should be less than 650.
1. Press X during slide show.
The player will now go into PAUSE mode.
• Some discs may be incompatible due to a
different recording format or the condition of disc.
2. To return to the slide show, press N or press X
again.
• Ensure that all the selected files have the “.jpg”
extensions when copying into the CD layout.
• If the files have “.jpe” or “.jpeg” extensions, please
rename them as “.jpg” file.
• File names without “.jpg” extension will not be
able to be read by this DVD+VCR. Even though
the files are shown as JPEG image files in
Windows Explorer.
33
Playing a DVD VR format Disc
Maintenance and Service
This unit will play DVD-R/RW discs recorded using
the DVD-Video format that have been finalized using
a DVD-recorder.
Refer to the information in this chapter before
contacting a service technician.
• This unit will play DVD-RW discs recorded using
the Video Recording (VR) format.
1. Insert a disc and close the tray. The DVD-VR
menu appears on the TV screen.
DVD-VR
Handling the Unit
When shipping the unit
Please save the original shipping carton and packing
materials. If you need to ship the unit, for maximum
protection, re-pack the unit as it was originally packed
at the factory.
Keeping the exterior surfaces clean
2. Press v / V to select a track then press N or
ENTER and playback starts.
Do not use volatile liquids such as insecticide
spray near the unit.
•
Do not leave rubber or plastic products in contact
with the unit for a long period of time. since they
leave marks on the surface.
3. Press TITLE to move to the list menu.
Cleaning the unit
Note:
• Unfinalized DVD-R/RW discs cannot be played in this
player.
To clean the player, use a soft, dry cloth. If the
surfaces are extremely dirty, use a soft cloth lightly
moistened with a mild detergent solution.
• Some DVD-VR disc are made with CPRM data by DVD
RECORDER. Player does not support these kinds of
discs.
Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine,
or thinner, as these might damage the surface of the
unit.
What is ‘CPRM’?
CPRM is a copy protection system (with scramble system)
only allowing the recording of ‘copy once’ broadcast
programs. CPRM stands for Content Protection for
Recordable Media.
This player is CPRM compatible, which means that you
can record copy-once broadcast programs, but you cannot
then make a copy of those recordings. CPRM recordings
can only be made on DVD-RW discs formatted in VR
mode, and CPRM recordings can only be played on
players that are specifically compatible with CPRM.
34
•
Maintaining the Unit
The DVD player is a high-tech, precision device. If the
optical pick-up lens and disc drive parts are dirty or
worn, the picture quality could be diminished.
Depending on the operating environment, regular
inspection and maintenance are recommended after
every 1,000 hours of use.
For details, please contact your nearest authorized
service center.
Playing a DivX Movie Disc
Using this DVD Player you can play DivX disc.
DivX disc compatibility with this player is limited
as follows:
1. Insert a disc and close the tray. The MOVIE menu
appears on the TV screen.
• Available resolution size of the DivX file is under
720x576 (W x H) pixel.
MOVIE
0:00:00
• The file name of the DivX subtitle is available by
56 characters.
List
Movie Folder 1
Movie Folder 2
Movie Folder 3
Movie Folder 4
Movie Folder 5
Movie Folder 6
• If there is impossible code to express in the DivX
file, it may be displayed as " _ " mark on the
display.
Movie Folder 7
2. Press v / V to select a folder, and press ENTER.
A list of files in the folder appears. If you are in a
file list and want to return to the Folder list, use the
v / V buttons on the remote to highlight
and
press ENTER.
3. If you want to view a particular file, press
v / V to highlight a file and press ENTER or N.
4. Press x to exit.
Tip:
• If the number of the screen frame is over 30
per 1 second, this unit may not operate
normally.
• If the video and audio structure of recorded
file is not interleaved, either video or audio is
outputted.
Operation
Movie Folder 8
• If the file is recorded with GMC, the unit
supports only 1-point of the record level.
* GMC?
GMC is the acronym for Global Motion Compensation. It
is an encoding tool specified in MPEG4 standard. Some
MPEG4 encoders, like DivX or Xvid, have this option.
There are different levels of GMC encoding, usually
called 1-point, 2-point, or 3-point GMC.
• Press DISC MENU to move to the next page.
•
On a CD with MP3, JPEG and MOVIE file, you can switch
MUSIC, PHOTO and MOVIE menu. Press TITLE and
MUSIC, PHOTO and MOVIE word on top of the menu is
highlighted.
• The disc subtitle may not be displayed properly, if a DivX
subtitle is downloaded through the internet.
• If the Disc Subtitle setup menu does not have the DivX
Subtitile language you are going to play, the subtitle may
not be displayed properly.
Note:
If DivX Subtitle file name is not same with DivX file
name, Subtitle will not be displayed on the screen.
A DivX Movie file and the subtitle file must be located
in same directory.
Playable DivX file
z ".avi ", ".mpg ", ".mpeg "
Playable Subtitle format
z SubRip(*.srt/*.txt)
SAMI(*.smi)
SubStation Alpha(*.ssa/*.txt)
MicroDVD(*.sub/*.txt)
SubViewer 2.0(*.sub/*.txt)
TMPlayer(*.txt)
Dvd Subtitle System(*.txt)
VobSub (*.sub) b Sub/idx, stream based format.
Playable Codec format
z "DIVX3.xx ", "DIVX4.xx ", "DIVX5.xx ", "XVID ",
"MP43 ", "3IVX ".
Playable Audio format
z "AC3 ", "DTS ", "PCM ", "MP3 ".
• Sampling frequency: within 8 - 48 kHz (MP3)
• Bit rate: within 8 - 320kbps (MP3)
35
Additional Features-VCR part
On Screen Display
Video Doctor (Self-Diagnosis)
You may easily display the current time or tape
counter, amount of tape left, day, month, year, day of
week, programme channel, tape speed and operational mode of your VCR will appear on the TV
screen. If a recording is taking place these On Screen
Displays will not be recorded onto the tape.
This feature informs you that there is a problem with your
DVD+VCR. These error messages will appear on the TV
screen.
1. Press i.
Press 1 or 2 to select
Press OK.
1. Press DISPLAY to display.
Press DISPLAY repeatedly to cycle through the
display options. The tape counter and amount of
tape left will appear if there is a tape loaded.
P
RSET
Pr-12
ACMS
.
1 2
SET SYS
f OSD
ON
OFF
2. After 3 seconds the majority of the On Screen
Displays will clear leaving only the clock or tape
counter and the amount of tape left on the screen.
Press DISPLAY again to remove all displays from
the TV screen.
ANTENNA CONNECT
HEAD STATUS
TAPE STATUS
NO. OF TIMER PROGRAMME
NEXT TIMER PROGRAMME
PLEASE CHECK
Note:
It cannot display when f.OSD is OFF.
i
2. Press 3 or 4 to check a problem.
Tape Counter Memory Stop
The Digital Tape Counter can be displayed on the
display window instead of the time by pressing
DISPLAY on the remote control. The Digital Tape
Counter indicates the relative positions of recordings
on the tape.
ANTENNA CONNECT
PLEASE CHECK:
Connect the aerial into the jack securely.
O
HEAD STATUS
PLEASE CLEAN:
Clean your video heads.
O
TAPE STATUS
NOT RECORDABLE:
Insert a tape with its protection tab in place
O
1. Press DISPLAY.
Press CLEAR (
) to set the counter to 0:00:00.
Press N or start recording.
The tape counter will display the actual play time
in hours, minutes and seconds.
NO. OF TIMER PROGRAMME
2
Shows the number of timer recording.
O
NEXT TIMER PROGRAMME
PR-01 26 10:00~11:00 SP
Shows the current status of timer recording.
O
2. Press x when playback or recording is
complete.
Press m.
The tape will rewind and automatically stop when
the counter returns to 0:00:00.
Note:
To rewind to the beginning of the tape, press m
again.
36
3. Press i to remove the menus from the TV screen.
Your VCR will record and playback Hi-Fi stereo
sound. In addition it has a stereo NICAM digital stereo
sound decoder. This allows you to record and playback
the sound in several different ways. Video cassettes
recorded on your VCR will have a normal mono audio
track and two VHS Hi-Fi stereo audio tracks. These
stereo tracks allow you to make audio recordings in
Hi-Fi stereo or bilingual mode from a TV broadcast,
stereo audio system, video disc or another Hi-Fi VCR.
1. Your VCR’s NICAM digital sound decoder allows
you to enjoy broadcasts with NICAM sound, as
well as standard stereo, bilingual and mono sound.
The particular type of sound received or that
recorded will be briefly displayed on the TV screen
for a couple of seconds:
STEREO NICAM
Sound is automatically recorded on the Hi-Fi
stereo and mono tracks of the video tape.
BIL NICAM
Both audio channels will be recorded on the Hi-Fi
stereo tracks. The primary language channel (left)
will be recorded on the mono track of the video
tape.
MONO
The sound is recorded on the Hi-Fi tracks and the
mono track of the video tape without any separation.
2. Press AUDIO repeatedly until the desired audio
mode appears.
3. The choice is STEREO, LEFT, RIGHT and
MONO. In BIL NICAM playback the primary language is output on the left channel and the secondary channel is output simultaneously from the
right channel when audio output is set to
STEREO.
The primary language will be output from both
channels when the audio setting is MONO.
Please note that when adjusting the tracking
control Hi-Fi stereo sound may revert to MONO.
Note:
When OFF is selected in NIC, only mono sound will
be output.
Wide Screen Compatibility 16:9
Your DVD+VCR can record and play back wide screen
aspect ratio programmes (16:9). To record a wide
screen format programme successfully the correct type
of wide screen signal must be broadcast by the TV
station.
2. Press v/V repeatedly to select: AUTO, 4:3 or
16:9.
P
RSET
Pr-12
ACMS
1 2
P
RSET
SET SYS
f OSD
f OSD
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Pr-12
ACMS
1 2
SET SYS
AUTO
4:3
16:9
i
AUTO:
Automatically plays back Wide-Screen
programmes as Wide-Screen and Normal
programmes as normal.
4:3
Only for playing back and recording Normal format
recordings (4:3).
16:9:
Only for playing back and recording Wide-Screen
format recordings (16:9).
PSET
R
f OSD
ON
OFF
Pr-12
ACMS
Operation
Hi-Fi Stereo Sound System
1 2
SET SYS
AUTO
4:3
16:9
i
3. Press i to remove the menus from the TV screen.
To enjoy Wide-Screen playback you must
connect your VCR to the TV using a SCART
cable.
To set the decoder
We have already described, how to connect a
decoder for pay-TV station as CANAL+ or PREMIERE
on page 10. For the recording of an encoded station
you do not have to control anything. You just select
the station and wait shortly until the decoding will
start.
1. Press i.
The main menu will appear on the TV screen.
Press F or G to select the DECODER.
Press OK.
2. Press D or E to select.
ON: When the decoder is connected to the AV2
socket.
OFF: When another VCR is connected to the AV2
socket.
3. Press i to return to a TV picture.
1. Switch on your DVD+VCR.
Press i.
Press F or
Press OK.
G
to select
.
37
Additional Features
Last Scene Memory
DVD
CD
VCD
This player memorizes last scene from the last disc
that is viewed. The last scene remains in memory
even if you remove the disc from the player or switch
off the player. If you load a disc that has the scene
memorized, the scene is automatically recalled.
Note:
This player does not memorize the scene of a disc if you
switch off the player before commencing to play the disc.
Screen Saver
The screen saver appears when you leave the DVD
player in Stop mode for about five minutes.
Copying from DVD To VCR
This unit allows you to copy the contents of a DVD to
a VHS tape with a press of the REC (z) button.
Notes:
If the DVD you are attempting to copy is copy
protected, you may not be able to copy the disc.
With this video recorder you can make recordings
from an external source, such as copying from
another video recorder or a camcorder.
Note:
In the following description, this video recorder will be
one used for recording and will be referred to as VCR
B. The other appliance will be used for playback and
will be referred to as VCR A.
1. VCR A should be connected to the SCART socket
on the rear panel of your unit or the AV sockets on
the front panel of your unit.
2. Insert the recorded tape into VCR A and a blank
tape into VCR B.
3. Press AUX until the socket you wish to record
from is displayed. (VCR B)
AV 1 for recording from EURO AV1 SCART socket
on the rear of your unit.
AV 2 for recording from EURO AV2 SCART socket
on the rear of your unit.
AV 3 for recording from VIDEO IN and AUDIO IN
(Left & Right) sockets on the front of your unit.
1. Insert Disc
Insert the disc you wish to copy in the DVD deck
and close the disc tray.
4. To start recording, press the REC (z) on VCR B
and PLAY on VCR A.
2. Insert VHS Tape
Insert a blank VHS videotape into the VCR deck.
5. When you want to finish copying, press the x on
both video recorders.
3. Copy the DVD to VHS Tape
Press the REC (z) button.
The DVD will go into Play mode and the VCR
will go into Record mode.
If the DVD disc menu appears, you may need
to press the Play button manually to begin
copying.
Note:
If you press the REC (z) button, be sure this unit in
DVD mode.
4. Stop the Copy Process
When the DVD is finished playing, press x to end
the copy.
38
Recording from another video
recorder
You must stop the Copy process manually
when the DVD movie ends, or the unit may
replay and record over and over again.
Reference
Language Codes
Use this list to input your desired language for the following initial settings:
Disc Audio, Disc Subtitle, Disc Menu.
Language
Abkhazian
Afar
Afrikaans
Albanian
Ameharic
Arabic
Armenian
Assamese
Aymara
Azerbaijani
Bashkir
Basque
Bengali; Bangla
Bhutani
Bihari
Breton
Bulgarian
Burmese
Byelorussian
Cambodian
Catalan
Chinese
Corsican
Croatian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
English
Esperanto
Estonian
Faroese
Code
6566
6565
6570
8381
6577
6582
7289
6583
6588
6590
6665
6985
6678
6890
6672
6682
6671
7789
6669
7577
6765
9072
6779
7282
6783
6865
7876
6978
6979
6984
7079
Language
Fiji
Finnish
French
Frisian
Galician
Georgian
German
Greek
Greenlandic
Guarani
Gujarati
Hausa
Hebrew
Hindi
Hungarian
Icelandic
Indonesian
Interlingua
Irish
Italian
Japanese
Javanese
Kannada
Kashmiri
Kazakh
Kirghiz
Korean
Kurdish
Laothian
Latin
Latvian, Lettish
Code
7074
7073
7082
7089
7176
7565
6869
6976
7576
7178
7185
7265
7387
7273
7285
7383
7378
7365
7165
7384
7465
7487
7578
7583
7575
7589
7579
7585
7679
7665
7686
Language
Lingala
Lithuanian
Macedonian
Malagasy
Malay
Malayalam
Maltese
Maori
Marathi
Moldavian
Mongolian
Nauru
Nepali
Norwegian
Oriya
Panjabi
Pashto, Pushto
Persian
Polish
Portuguese
Quechua
Rhaeto-Romance
Rumanian
Russian
Samoan
Sanskrit
Scots Gaelic
Serbian
Serbo-Croatian
Shona
Sindhi
Code
7678
7684
7775
7771
7783
7776
7784
7773
7782
7779
7778
7865
7869
7879
7982
8065
8083
7065
8076
8084
8185
8277
8279
8285
8377
8365
7168
8382
8372
8378
8368
Code
ET
FJ
FI
FR
DE
GB
GR
GL
HM
HK
HU
IN
ID
IL
IT
JM
JP
KE
KW
LY
LU
Area
Malaysia
Maldives
Mexico
Monaco
Mongolia
Morocco
Nepal
Netherlands
Netherlands Antilles
New Zealand
Nigeria
Norway
Oman
Pakistan
Panama
Paraguay
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russian Federation
Code
MY
MV
MX
MC
MN
MA
NP
NL
AN
NZ
NG
NO
OM
PK
PA
PY
PH
PL
PT
RO
RU
Language
Singhalese
Slovak
Slovenian
Somali
Spanish
Sudanese
Swahili
Swedish
Tagalog
Tajik
Tamil
Tatar
Telugu
Thai
Tibetan
Tigrinya
Tonga
Turkish
Turkmen
Twi
Ukrainian
Urdu
Uzbek
Vietnamese
Volapük
Welsh
Wolof
Xhosa
Yiddish
Yoruba
Zulu
Code
8373
8375
8376
8379
6983
8385
8387
8386
8476
8471
8465
8484
8469
8472
6679
8473
8479
8482
8475
8487
8575
8582
8590
8673
8679
6789
8779
8872
7473
8979
9085
Area Codes
Area
Afghanistan
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Bhutan
Bolivia
Brazil
Cambodia
Canada
Chile
China
Colombia
Congo
Costa Rica
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Code
AF
AR
AU
AT
BE
BT
BO
BR
KH
CA
CL
CN
CO
CG
CR
HR
CZ
DK
EC
EG
SV
Area
Ethiopia
Fiji
Finland
France
Germany
Great Britain
Greece
Greenland
Islands
Hong Kong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Israel
Italy
Jamaica
Japan
Kenya
Kuwait
Libya
Luxembourg
Area
Saudi Arabia
Senegal
Singapore
Slovak Republic
Slovenia
South Africa
South Korea
Spain
Sri Lanka
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
Uganda
Ukraine
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Vietnam
Zimbabwe
Reference
Choose a area code from this list.
Code
SA
SN
SG
SK
SI
ZA
KR
ES
LK
SE
CH
TW
TH
TR
UG
UA
US
UY
UZ
VN
ZW
39
Troubleshooting
Check the following guide for the possible cause of a problem before contacting service.
Symptom
DVD or VCR do not
work properly.
No power.
The power is on, but
the DVD player does
not work.
No picture.
Cause
DVD or VCR button is not switched
properly.
The power cord is disconnected.
No disc is inserted.
The TV is not set to receive DVD
signal output.
The video cable is not connected
securely.
The Progressive Scan is set to “On”
on the setup menu but is connected
to a standard (analog) television.
The equipment connected with the
audio cable is not set to receive DVD
signal output.
The audio cables are not connected
securely.
The power of the equipment connected with the audio cable is turned off.
The Digital Audio Output is set to the
wrong position.
Plug the power cord into the wall
outlet securely.
Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD or,
audio CD indicator in the display
window is lit.)
Select the appropriate video input
mode on the TV so the picture from
the DVD player appears on the TV
screen.
Connect the video cable into the jacks
securely.
Set Progressive Scan to “Off”
(see page 19).
The picture is poor.
The DVD player does
not start playback.
The disc is dirty.
The TV channels are not tuned in properly.
An unplayable disc is inserted.
The disc is placed upside down.
The disc is not placed within the
guide.
The disc is dirty.
The Rating level is set.
Select the correct input mode of the
audio receiver so you can listen to the
sound from the DVD player.
Connect the audio cable into the jacks
securely.
Turn on the equipment connected
with the audio cable.
Set the Digital Audio Output to the
correct position, then turn on the DVD
player again by pressing 1/+.
Clean the disc.
Check tuning, carry out tuning again.
Insert a playable disc. (Check the disc
type and Regional code.)
Place the disc with the playback side
down.
Place the disc on the disc tray correctly inside the guide.
Clean the disc.
Cancel the Rating function or change
the rating level.
Remove the obstacle.
Replace the batteries with new ones.
Eject the tape in.
No sound.
The remote control
does not work properly.
Video tape cannot be
inserted.
There is an obstacle in the path of the
remote control and this unit.
The batteries in the remote control
are exhausted.
Is the cassette compartment empty?
No Hi-Fi sound
Audio mode is not set properly.
Select “STEREO” by repeatedly pressing “AUDIO” on the remote control.
No NICAM sound
recording
NICAM mode is not set properly.
Make sure NICAM in the menu is set
to AUTO for the station to be recorded.
40
Correction
Refer to page 2.
Specification
General
AC 200-240V, 50 Hz
17W
430 X 78.5 X 265 mm (w/h/d)
4.2 kg
5˚C to 35˚C (41˚F to 95˚F)
5 % to 90 %
24 hours display tape
UHF 22 - 68 (Adjustable)
title
Power requirements
Power consumption
Dimensions (approx.)
Mass (approx.)
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
Timer
RF Modulator
System
Laser
Video Head system
Signal system
Frequency response
Signal-to-noise ratio
Harmonic distortion
Dynamic range
Inputs (VCR)
Audio
Video
Semiconductor laser, wavelength 650 nm
Double azimuth 6 heads, helical scanning.
PAL
DVD (PCM 96 kHz): 8 Hz to 44 kHz
DVD (PCM 48 kHz): 8 Hz to 22 kHz
CD: 8 Hz to 20 kHz
More than 100dB (ANALOG OUT connectors only)
Less than 0.008%
More than 100 dB (DVD)
More than 95 dB (CD)
-6.0dBm, more than 10 kohms (SCART)
-6.0dBm, more than 47 kohms (RCA)
1.0 Vp-p, 75 ohms, unbalanced (SCART/RCA)
VIDEO OUT
Audio output (digital audio)
Audio output (analog audio)
1 Vp-p 75 ohms, sync negative
0.5 V (p-p), 75 Ω, RCA jack x 1
2.0 Vrms (1 KHz, 0 dB), 600 Ω, RCA jack (L, R)x2/SCART (TO TV)
Outputs (VCR)
Audio
Video
-6.0dBm, less than 1 kohms (SCART)
1.0Vp-p, 75 ohms, unbalanced (SCART)
Reference
Outputs (DVD)
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
“DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
41
Precautions
When the equipment is installed in a cabinet or a shelf, make sure that it has sufficient space on all sides to allow for ventilation (10 cm or more on both sides, on top and at the rear).
When discarding batteries, environmental problems must be considered and the local rules or laws governing the disposal of
these batteries must be followed strictly.
Failure to heed the following precautions may result in damage to the unit, remote control or disc.
1. DO NOT place the unit —
— in an environment prone to extreme temperatures or humidity.
— in direct sunlight.
— in a dusty environment.
— in an environment where strong magnetic fields are generated.
— on a surface that is unstable or subject to vibration.
2. DO NOT block the unit’s ventilation openings or holes.
(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to get out.)
3. DO NOT place heavy objects on the unit or remote control.
4. DO NOT place anything which might spill on top of the unit or remote control.
(If water or liquid is allowed to enter this equipment, fire or electric shock may be caused.)
5. DO NOT expose the apparatus to dripping or splashing.
6. DO NOT use this equipment in a bathroom or places with water. Also DO NOT place any containers filled with water
or liquids (such as cosmetics or medicines, flower vases, potted plants, cups, etc.) on top of this unit.
7. DO NOT place any naked flame sources, such as lighted candles, on the apparatus.
8. AVOID violent shocks to the unit during transport.
IMPORTANT
Connection to the mains supply in the United Kingdom.
DO NOT cut off the mains plug from this equipment.
If the plug fitted is not suitable for the power points in your home or the cable is too short to reach a power point, then obtain
an appropriate safety approved extension lead or consult your dealer.
In the unlikely event of the plug fuse failing be sure to replace the fuse only with an identical approved type, as
originally fitted, and to replace the fuse cover. If the fuse fails again consult your nearest JVC dealer.
If nonetheless the mains plug is cut off remove the fuse and dispose of the plug immediately, to avoid a possible shock
hazard by inadvertent connection to the mains supply.
If this product is not supplied fitted with a mains plug then follow the instructions given below:
DO NOT make any connection to the Larger Terminal coded E or Green.
Blue to N (Neutral) or Black
Brown to L (Live) or Red
The wires in the mains lead are coloured in accordance with the following code:
If these colours do not correspond with the terminal identifications of your plug, connect as follows:
Blue wire to terminal coded N (Neutral) or coloured Black.
Brown wire to terminal coded L (Live) or coloured Red.
If in doubt — consult a competent electrician.
Some Do's And Don'ts On The Safe Use Of Equipment
This equipment has been designed and manufactured to meet international safety standards but, like any electrical
equipment, care must be taken if you are to obtain the best results and safety is to be assured.
DO read the operating instructions before you attempt to use the equipment.
DO ensure that all electrical connections (including the mains plug, extension leads and interconnections between pieces of
equipment) are properly made and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Switch off and withdraw the mains
plug when making or changing connections.
DO consult your dealer if you are ever in doubt about the installation, operation or safety of your equipment.
DO be careful with glass panels or doors on equipment.
DON’T continue to operate the equipment if you are in any doubt about it working normally, or if it is damaged in any way—
switch off, withdraw the mains plug and consult your dealer.
DON’T remove any fixed cover as this may expose dangerous voltages.
DON’T leave equipment switched on when it is unattended unless it is specifically stated that it is designed for unattended
operation or has a standby mode. Switch off using the switch on the equipment and make sure that your family knows how to
do this. Special arrangements may need to be made for infirm or handicapped people.
DON’T use equipment such as personal stereos or radios so that you are distracted from the requirements of road safety. It is
illegal to watch television whilst driving.
DON’T listen to headphones at high volume, as such use can permanently damage your hearing.
DON’T obstruct the ventilation of the equipment, for example with curtains or soft furnishings. Overheating will cause damage
and shorten the life of the equipment.
DON’T use makeshift stands and NEVER fix legs with wood screws—to ensure complete safety always fit the manufacturer’s
approved stand or legs with the fixings provided according to the instructions.
DON’T allow electrical equipment to be exposed to rain or moisture.
ABOVE ALL...
— NEVER let anyone especially children push anything into holes, slots or any other opening in the case—this could result in
a fatal electrical shock;
— NEVER guess or take chances with electrical equipment of any kind—it is better to be safe than sorry!
42
EN
HR-XV45SEK
© 2005 Victor Company of Japan, Limited
EK Printed in Indonesia
P/NO : 3834RV0038A
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
DVD PLAYER & VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
200
HR-XV45SEF, HR-XV45SEK,
HR-XV45SER, HR-XV45SEU,
HR-XV45SEY, HR-XV45SEZ
CD-ROM No.SML200507
(EK model)
(EU, EY, EZ models)
(EF, ER models)
(EF model)
HR-XV45SEF,HR-XV45SEK,HR-XV45SER,HR-XV45SEU,HR-XV45SEY,HR-XV45SEZ [D5PV1]
COPYRIGHT © 2005 Victor Company of Japan, Limited.
No.YD070SCH
2005/7
CIRCUIT BOARD NOTES
CHARTS AND DIAGRAMS
1. Foil and Component sides
NOTES OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Safety precautions
!
The Components indentified by the symbol
are
critical for safety. For continued safety, replace safety
critical components only with manufacturer's recommended parts.
4. Voltage measurement
1) Regulator (DC/DC CONV) circuits
REC : Colour bar signal.
PB : Alignment tape (Colour bar).
—
: Unmeasurable or unnecessary to measure.
2) Indication on schematic diagram
Voltage indications for REC and PB mode on the schematic diagram are as shown below.
1. Units of components on the schematic diagram
Unless otherwise specified.
1) All resistance values are in ohm. 1/6 W, 1/8 W (refer to
parts list).
Chip resistors are 1/16 W.
K: KΩ(1000Ω), M: MΩ (1000KΩ)
2) All capacitance values are in µF, (P: PF).
3) All inductance values are in µH, (m: mH).
4) All diodes are 1SS133, MA165 or 1N4148M (refer to parts
list).
1) Foil side (B side) :
Parts on the foil side seen from foil face (pattern face)
are indicated.
2) Component side (A side) :
Parts on the component side seen from component face
(parts face) indicated.
rts location are indicated by guide scale on the circuit board.
2. Parts location guides
Parts location are indicated by guide scale on the circuit board.
1
REC mode
2.5
(5.0)
2
3
1.8
PB mode
REF No.
PB and REC modes
(Voltage of PB and REC modes
are the same)
Note: If the voltages are not indicated on the schematic
diagram, refer to the voltage charts.
Note: The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in
the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.
5. Signal path Symbols
2. Indications of control voltage
NOTE : The arrow is DVC unique object.
B : Foil side
(A : Component side)
C : Chip component
D : Discrete component)
Playback signal path
AUX or AUX(L) : Active at low.
Playback and recording signal path
Recording signal path
(including E-E signal path)
3. Interpreting Connector indications
Capstan servo path
1
Removable connector
2
Drum servo path
3
(Example)
1
Wire soldered directly on board
2
3
R-Y
Y
Playback R-Y signal path
Recording Y signal path
1
Non-removable Board connector
2
3
2
6. Indication of the parts for adjustments
The parts for the adjustments are surrounded with the circle
as shown below.
1
Board to Board
3
4
Connected pattern on board
The arrows indicate signal path
7. Indication of the parts not mounted on the circuit board
Note: For the destination of each signal and further line
connections that are cut off from the diagram,
refer to "BOARD INTERCONNECTIONS"
Category : IC
6A
Horizontal “A” zone
Vertical “6” zone
Note: For general information in service manual, please
refer to the Service Manual of GENERAL INFORMATION Edition 4 No. 82054D (January 1994).
The arrows indicate the signal path as follows.
AUX : Active at high.
IC101
LOCATION
IC
B C
“OPEN” is indicated by the parts not mounted on the circuit
board.
R216
OPEN
2-1
2-2
KEY
BOARD
A
1
2
K-RTN2
GND
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C
1
2
ONE
BOARD
2-3
D
2-4
E
PMD03
1
SPM +
2
SPM 3
FM +
4
FM LM 5
6
LM +
7
SW(OPEN)
8
SW(CLOSE)
9
GND
SW(LEAD IN) 10
11
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
PPM01
MOTOR_Vcc
REG_12V
REG_9V
GND
8V
GND
3.3V
PWR_CTL'H'
33V
GND
5.3VA
5V
M5V/5VT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
POWER(SMPS)
PMD01
PMD02
Vcc(HF)
1
2
RF
DVD_LD
3
4
DVD_PD
5
VOL(DVD)
6
GND
7
VC_INPUT
8
Vcc(HF)
9
F
E
10
A
11
12
D
13
C
14
B
15
F(+)
16
T(-)
17
T(+)
18
F(-)
19
Vcc
20
GND
21
CD_LD
22
CD_PD
23
VOL(CD)
1
2
P3D03
GND
FULL ERASE
1
2
DECK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1
2
3
4
5
6
P3D02
CTL(+)
CTL(-)
A/E(+)
A/E(-)
A.REC
A.PB
1
2
3
4
5
6
PMC01
1
CFG
2
12VA(CAP)
3
5.2VA
4
CAP REV'H'
5
I-limit
MOTOR GND 6
7
GND
12VA(DRUM) 8
9
CAP CTL
10
LD IN
DFG/FG
11
DRUM CTL 12
P3D01
SP PB A
SP REC
SP PB B
EP PB B
EP REC
EP PBA
Hi-Fi PB A
Hi-Fi REC
Hi-Fi PB B
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
5
SMPS
BOARD
MD
Page2-5 SHEET 1
3
2
A/V
SYSTEM
TUNER/IF
HiFi AUDIO
SCART(JACK)
DVD RF & DSP SERVO
DVD AV/JACK
DVD SYSTEM
Page2-7
Page2-9
Page2-11
Page2-13
Page2-15
Page2-17
Page2-19
Page2-21
SHEET 2
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
SHEET 5
SHEET 6
SHEET 7
SHEET 8
SHEET 9
1
F
G
POWER(SMPS) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE
WHEN SERVICING THIS CHASSIS, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD THE ORIGINAL DESIGN BE
MODIFIED OR ALTERED WITHOUT PERMISSION
FROM THE JVC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION. ALL
COMPONENTS SHOULD BE REPLACED ONLY WITH
TYPES IDENTICAL TO THOSE IN THE ORIGINAL CIR-
5
CUIT. SPECIAL COMPONENTS ARE SHADED ON THE NOTE :
SCHEMATIC FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION.
1. Shaded( ) parts are critical for safety. Replace only
THIS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM MAY OCCASIONALLY DIFwith specified part number.
FER FROM THE ACTUAL CIRCUIT USED. THIS WAY,
2. Voltages are DC-measured with a digital voltmeter
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE LATEST SAFETY AND
during Play mode.
PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT CHANGES INTO
THE SET IS NOT DELAYED UNTIL THE NEW SERVICE
LITERATURE IS PRINTED.
4
3
2
1
NOTES)
Symbol denotes AC ground.
NOTES)
Symbol denotes DC chassis ground.
NOTE)
NOTE)
NOTE)
NOTE)
Warning
Parts that are shaded are critical
With respect to risk of fire or
electricial shock.
SHEET 1
A
B
C
D
2-5
2-6
E
F
G
AV CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IC301 Pin70 is defective.
PB COLOR Signal disappear.
IC301 Pin 69, 68 are defective.
PB and Recording is failed.
(IC301 doesn t operate.)
Q305 is defective.
EE, PB Screen doesn t appear.
D301or IC301 Pin 80
REC is defective.
5
9
3
6
2
1
2
2
IC301 Pin 84 is defective.
Audio Tracking is failed.
4
14 10
7
3
4
5
2
8 13
11
12
X301 is defective.
PB COLOR Signal disappear.
Q302, Q303, Q314
are defective.
No mono Audio Signal
in PB MODE.
1
Q301, Q306 are defective.
Normal Audio signal is not recorded.
PB Y+C
REC Y+C
REC AUDIO
PB Y
REC Y
PB AUDIO(MONO)
PB C
REC C
WAVEFORM
PB SECAM COLOR
REC SECAM COLOR
SHEET 2
A
B
C
2-7
D
2-8
E
F
G
SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5
4
3
4
6
3
Deck will not operate.
R575, R576, R577,
R578 are defective.
5
1
2
8
7
2
µ-COM is unstable.
Q501, Q503 are defective.
VCR will not operate.
IC505 is defective.
Auto stop occures.
RS501,RS502 are
defective.
1
Auto Rew will not working.
ES501, ES502, LD501 are
defective.
CLOCK SETTING will
not operate.
µ-COM will not operate.
X502 is defective.
X501 is defective.
WAVEFORM
SHEET 3
A
B
C
D
2-9
2-10
E
F
G
TUNER/IF CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5
4
3
2
EE MODE(VIDEO)
1
TU MODE (AUDIO)
SHEET 4
A
B
C
2-11
D
2-12
E
F
G
Hi-Fi CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5
IC801 Pins42, 43 aredefective.
All Audio is not appear.
44 Pin is defective.
Hi-Fi Audio is not appear.
4
3
2
PB
1
REC
SHEET 5
A
B
C
D
2-13
2-14
E
F
G
SCART(JACK) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5
4
3
2
1
SHEET 6
A
B
C
2-15
D
2-16
E
F
G
DVD RF & DSP SERVO CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5
4
3
2
1
SHEET 7
A
B
C
D
2-17
2-18
E
F
G
DVD AV/JACK CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5
4
3
2
1
SHEET 8
A
B
C
2-19
D
2-20
E
F
G
DVD SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5
4
3
2
1
SHEET 9
A
B
C
D
2-21
2-22
E
F
G
PRINTED CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
VCR MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD
-TOP SIDE-
LOCATION GUIDE
2-23
2-24
VCR MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD
-BOTTOM SIDE-
2-25
2-26
LOCATION GUIDE
POWER BOARD
LOCATION GUIDE
KEY BOARD
LOCATION GUIDE
2-27
2-28
POWER(SMPS) BLOCK DIAGRAM
T101
! TRANS
BD101
C103
+
RECTIFIER &
SMOOTING BLOCK
(D124,C124,C134,
R121,L124,C121)
SNUBBER
BLOCK
(D101,C105
C106,R104)
6 7 8
NOISE FILTER
BLOCK
(C101,L102,
C102)
5
DRIVE & S/W BLOCK
(IC101, D102, R105,
C104, C108 , C109,
C107,ZD102)
1
2
RECTIFIER &
SMOOTING BLOCK
(D123,C127,C137,
L127)
3
MOTOR VCC
14VA
12V REG BLOCK
(Q166,ZD151,C160,
R166,C159)
REG12V
3.3V REG BLOCK
(IC131,C158,R165)
3.3V
33V S/W BLOCK
(Q161,R154,R155)
33V
!
RECTIFIER &
SMOOTING BLOCK
(D121,C126,R136)
FUSE
RESISTOR
(FR101)
RECTIFIER &
SMOOTING BLOCK
(D122, C128,
L128, C138)
!
Y-CAP
C110
BR BL
(BK)(WH)
PHOTO COUPLER
(IC102)
!
Y-CAP
C111
!
ERROR
AMP
(IC103)
2-29
FEED-BACK
BLOCK
(R141,R142,
C143,R143.
R144.R145
R146)
2-30
5.3VA
5V S/W BLOCK
(Q165,C164,R172,
R174)
5.0V
5VT S/W BLOCK
(Q163,C162,D127,
R156,R157)
M5V/5VT
PWR CTL BLOCK
(Q162,C161,R164,
R163)
PWR CTL'H'
(REC Mode)
Y/C BLOCK DIAGRAM
(PB Mode)
LP REC
SP REC
84
88
89
94
95
80
79
79
78
75
70
NL
EMPHA
76
W/D
CLIP
69
68
Y-LPF
YNR
Main
Conv
67
21
67
SUB LPF
68
DETAIL
ENH
70
FM OEM
69
W/D
CLIP
REC
FM EQ
C-LPF
IC301
LA71750M
Killer
78
PB FM
AGC
PB FM EQ
65
YNR
Y-LPF
59
58
Main
Conv
AGC
MAIN
DE EMP
ACC
BPF
FBC
V.OUT
MICOM
BPF
54
52
SW
Y-DELAY
1H/2H
DELAY
29
2
18
16
12
29
14
IC201
LA70100M
SYNC IN
IC201 LA70100M
V.IN1 TUNER
V.IN2 S1
CLK-IN
50
61
43
46
48
46
43
33
COMP
AMP
KILL DEC
29
VX02 31
32
28
63
4.43MHz
VX02
REC APC
27
65
60dB AMP
Y/C MIX
Y-Delay
C-Delay
(1H/2H)
CCD
LPF
CNC
25
2-32
2-31
CLOCK
MAIN
CONV
S1 V.OUT
DATA
C.SYNC
ACC
IC301
LA71750M
C LPF
ACC
DET
21
S2 V.OUT
C.ROTARY
CLOCK
V.IN4
FRONT
V.IN3
DEC
V.OUT
(MICOM)
V.H.SW
C.ROTARY
DATA
(To Drum)
(To Drum)
V.ENV
87
90
93
96
V.H.SW
REC'H'
C SYNC
SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
LD(+)
LD(-)
R522, C568
MN101D10X
L/M CONTROL
R525, R526
Q504, 505
R506, 507, 508,
509, 511
C504, 511
2-33
2-34
L503, C507, C509
L504, C505, C506
2fsc
L505, Q506,
R537, 539, 584, 585,
C553, 554
TUNER/IF, NICAM & A2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
VPS BLOCK DIAGRAM
TU_A_R
TU_A_L
5V
AFT
TU_VIDEO
IIC CLK
IIC DATA
MSP3417
MSP3407
VPS_VIDEO
IIC DATA
IIC CLK
TU_SE_VL_H
TU_SECAM_H
33V
MOD_VIDEO
5V
MOD_AUDIO
5.4VA
SW1
SW2
AS
AFT
SIF
A.OUT
2-35
2-36
Hi-Fi AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM
3
DVD A.IN 'L'
4
DVD A.IN 'R'
5
EU1 A.IN 'L'
6
EU1 A.IN 'R'
7
EU2 A.IN 'L'
8
EU2 A.IN 'R'
9
AV2 A.IN 'L'
10
AV2 A.IN 'R'
11
8
9
7
DVD_FR_VIDEO
6
16
IC801
RF_H
Tu A.IN 'R'
DVD/R V. IN
2
35
17
19
A.OUT 'L'
A.OUT 'R'
16
3
IC802
11
A.OUT
To JACK
5
EU2.A.OUT.L
2
12
1
14
DVD A.IN 'R'
Tu A.IN 'L'
36
DVD A.IN 'L'
1
37
Hi-Fi PB 'A'
AUDIO INPUT
BLOCK
Hi-Fi REC
B
Hi-Fi/
REC
Hi-Fi PB 'B'
A
OSD V. IN
VIDEO INPUT
BLOCK
EU2.A.OUT.R
20
21
22
DVD_H
SCART 2
NORMAL AUDIO
OUT(To AVCP)
NORMAL AUDIO
IN(From AVCP)
AUDIO INPUT BLOCK
2-37
2-38
MODULATOR
A.OUT
(To Tu)
DVD OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM
DISC
VD33D
IC603
4M
16BIT
4Bank
SDRAM
FOCUS[+,-]
TRACK[+,-]
VD18/VD33
RS232_RXD
IIC/VFD/DAC_TXD
IC601
MTK MT1389
HOMESW
OPEN,CLOSE,SLEGP,SPINDLE,FOCUS,TRACK,SVREF
SER3,DAC_ML0
3V3M
RS232_TXD
DRVSB
M_REQ
5.2VA
AC 90V~240V
50HZ/60Hz
12V
3.3V-M1
+12V
U7
IC505
RESET IC
RC601
R/C
IC501
VD18
3.3V
VD33,VD33D
3.3V-M
3V3M
5V
TRIGGER
6MHz
8V
JACK
KEY Input
2-39
2-40
+12V
IC602
MC4580
OP-AMP
IC901
MM1623XFBE
VIDEO BUFFER
CVBS
POWER
BOARD
L/R
VIDEO_SW
-27VA
5.3VA
LED501
CLK DISPLAY
TV_DAC[0:3]
D2_T[1:3]
SCART_16:9
RGB_SEL
5.2VA
IC607
74HCT244
YC_MIX
VF-
VFD_RXD
S_REQ
VF+
M-RESET
27MHz
PWRCTL
DAC_RST
IC401
CS4392
2DAC
RF+
MPEG IC
INSW,OUTSW
5V/8V
5.2VA
5V
IC606
S524A40X21
EEPROM
VD33D/5V
BCLK
LRCLK
DACCLK
XSFGN,XSFGP
IC201
IP4504A
Motor Drive
VD33D
IIC/VFD/DAC_SCK
IECDAOUT
SPINDLE[+,-]
CD_DVD_CT
Pick-up
M
SLED[+,-]
M
CN603
RS232
Download
MD[00:15]
LOADING SLED
MOTOR(FEEDING)
MOTOR
MA[00:11]
DMCLK
CSJ
BA0
BA1
DQM
WEJ
CASJ
RASJ
ROMAD[0:
19]
ROMRD
ROMWR
ROMDATA[0:7]
CDLD,DVDLD,SVREF21
OPU_SEL
M
DVD : A,B,C,D,RF0
CD : A,B,C,D,E,F,RF0
CDMDI,DVDMDI
PICK
UP
IC602
MX29LV160T
2/4M
16/32BIT
FLASH ROM
CD_DVD, VR_CD,VR_DVD
SPINDLE
MOTOR
LOAD[+,-]
DECK MECHANISM
VD33D
R/Pr G/Y B/Pb Y
C
COAXIAL
SPDIF
L/R
DVD SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM
X601
27MHz
X-TAL
ALPC
AD[0:7]
LD0 1, LDO 2, IOA
MDI 1
PICK
UP
IC601
MT1389
DVDPLAYER
ONE CHIP
V20, PICKSEL
DVD: A,B,C,D, RFO
CD: A,B,C,D, E, F,RFO
A[0:20]
PRD#, PWR#
PCE#
SCL, SDA
DQ[0:15]
RXD, TXD
LIMIT,TRIN,TROUT
F+, F-, T+, T-
SP+, SP-
M/D
SL+, SL-
ADIN
IC201
IP4504A
Motor Driver
LOAD+, LOAD-
2-41
MA[0:11]
DQM0 ,DQM1
WE#,CAS#,RAS#
CS#,BA0,BA1
SDCLK
SDCKE
IC603
4M x 16bit
SDRAM
FOSO,TRSO,FMSO
DMSO,,TROPEN
TRCLOSE
STBY,V1P4
2-42
FLASH
ROM
EEP
ROM
RS232C(MTK)
DVD MPEG & MEMORY BLOCK DIAGRAM
DCLK,WE,CAS,RAS
CS,DCKE,MA[0:10]
DQ[0:15]
DQM0,DQM1
IC603
SDRAM
64M
SCL,SDA
IC606
EEPROM
Y2(Y),Y3(Color)
Y4(Y),Y5(Cb),Y6(Cr)
ASPECT(16:9)
VIDEO
Interface
IC601 (MPEG + DSP + RF)
MT1389
ACLK,ALRCK,ABCK
AD[0:7]
IC607 (74HCT244)
A[0:20]
X601
27MHz
PWR,PCE,PRD
VFD_SCK
VFD_TXD
M_RE Q
MUTE,VSCK,VSDA
ASDTA[0:3]
ASTB,SCL,SDA
ASPDIF
Voltage level shift
IC602
FLASH MEMORY
(16 M )
VCR MICOM
SCKO,TXDO,M-REQ
2-43
2-44
AUDIO
Interface
DVD VIDEO & AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM
CVBS
(R.G.B) / (Y.Pb.Pr )
MPEG
IC901
VIDEO 6dB
Amp
COMPONENT (R.G.B) / (Y.Pb.Pr )
(Y/C)
SUPER VIDEO (Y/C)
A/V
JACK
DAC RESET
MPEG
ACLK
SCL
IC401
AUDIO DAC
(2CH)
IC402 (OP Amp)
LPF&Buffer
SDA
ADATA3
2-45
2-46
AUDIO L
AUDIO R
VOLTAGE CHARTS
MODE
PIN NO.
1
STOP
I C1.39
201
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
STOP
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
STOP
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
STOP
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
STOP
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
STOP
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
STOP
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
STOP
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
STOP
PLAY
MODE
PIN NO.
EE
PB
REC
IC301
1.39
6
5.8
5.73
52
1.8
1.71
107
3.2
3.21
162
1.47
1.61
217
0.003
0.002
15
4.62
3.8
21
0.71
1.2
12
2.45
5.14
2
2.54
2.3
7
5.8
5.73
53
3.25
3.19
108
3.25
3.21
163
0.002
0.002
218
0.003
1.2
16
2.13
0.002
22
0.03
0.007
13
2.94
2.55
1
4.8 V
4.84 V
0.99 V
3
2.55
2.3
8
12.6
12.49
54
3.25
3.2
109
0.02
0.03
164
2.25
0.04
219
0.003
0.6
17
2.11
1.15
23
0.16
0.22
14
2.44
1.25
2
0.11 V
0.014 V
0.81 V
4
2.53
2.3
55
3.25
3.2
110
5.1
5.15
165
2.26
2.1
220
3
3.1
18
2.06
2.36
24
1.38
1.39
15
2.82
2.65
3
2.16 V
2.16 V
2.03 V
5
2.56
2.35
1
0.001
0.002
56
3.22
3.1
111
4.2
3.6
166
1.36
1.45
221
1.8
1.81
19
2.06
2.1
25
1.36
1.37
16
0.002
5.11
4
0.69 V
0.63 V
1.73 V
6
2.54
2.43
2
1.57
1.58
57
3.21
3.13
112
4.2
3.68
167
3.25
3.24
222
0.005
1.2
20
2.12
2.5
26
1.37
1.37
17
2.96
2.65
5
2.15 V
2.15 V
2.26 V
2.16 V
2.15 V
2.06 V
2.1 V
IC601
7
2.56
2.42
3
1.57
1.58
58
3.19
3.1
113
2.6
2.5
168
0.003
0.003
223
0
0
21
2.06
1.7
27
3.27
3.26
18
0.002
5.11
6
8
0.001
0.001
4
1.57
1.58
59
3.25
3.1
114
3.2
3.1
169
0.002
0
224
0.3
0.01
22
2.07
1.9
28
0.002
0.001
19
0.001
0.001
7
2.15 V
2.15 V
9
1.39
1.38
5
1.58
1.58
60
3.25
3.12
115
1.6
1.5
170
0.03
0.02
225
1.6
1.61
23
2.05
1.88
29
1.36
1.95
20
5.24
5.14
8
2.15 V
2.15 V
2.1 V
10
3.5
3.37
6
1.58
1.59
61
0.001
0.002
116
0.001
0.003
171
0.03
0.01
226
0
0
24
1.9
2
30
2.28
1.46
9
2.14 V
2.14 V
2.73 V
11
0.004
0.004
7
1.58
1.59
62
0
0.002
117
0.4
0.02
172
1.8
1.79
227
1.8
1.8
25
1.8
2
31
2.25
2.25
12
8
0.002
1.98
2.02
63
1.77
1.72
118
1.8
1.7
173
1.8
1.78
228
0.6
0.7
26
0
0.001
32
1.49
1.68
IC5F1
1
2
2.26
5
2.1
10
2.16 V
2.16 V
2.66 V
5.04
11
2.23 V
2.27 V
2.8 V
1.56 V
0.002 V
2.0 V
13
3.97
3.96
9
1.98
2.02
64
0
0.002
119
0
0
174
3.25
3.24
229
0.6
0.7
27
0.001
0
33
0.01
0.01
3
5.07
5.05
12
14
3.97
3.96
10
1.98
2.02
65
3.24
3.1
120
0.9
0.8
175
0.001
0.003
230
1.37
1.1
28
0
0
34
0.02
0.007
4
5.02
5
13
2.14 V
2.14 V
0.095 V
15
3.99
2.71
11
1.99
2.03
66
3.25
3.21
121
1
0.8
176
4
4.1
231
1.34
1.12
29
2.3
1.65
35
0.004
0.05
5
4.6
4.25
14
0.022 V
0.022 V
2.05 V
2.54
15
2.14 V
2.14 V
2.08 V
16
4.85 V
0.146 V
4.68 V
17
2.14 V
2.14 V
2.09 V
18
4.8 V
4.86 V
4.73 V
19
3.88 V
3.92 V
2.72 V
20
2.31 V
0.003 V
0.006 V
16
3.96
5.21
12
1.46
1.32
67
0.001
0.002
122
1.8
1.8
177
3.25
3.2
232
0
0
30
1.48
1.4
36
0.02
0.01
6
1.7
17
3.98
4.04
13
1.46
1.33
68
0.002
0.002
123
1.38
1.31
178
3.26
3.2
233
1.8
1.8
31
1.17
1.36
37
1.03
0.72
7
1.35
18
3.96
3.88
14
1.46
1.31
69
0.001
0.003
124
1.23
1.2
179
4.1
3.61
234
3.1
3
32
1.5
1.4
38
1.71
1.71
8
1.43
2.49
2.3
19
8
8
15
1.46
1.32
70
0.001
0.003
125
1.3
1.25
180
0.03
0.02
235
1
1.7
33
0.66
1.3
39
2.59
2.7
9
1.81
2.47
20
1.38
1.38
16
1.45
1.35
71
3.25
3.24
126
0.34
0.35
181
0.03
0.02
236
1.3
1.67
34
1.5
1.4
40
0.01
0.05
10
1.8
2.48
21
1.38
1.73
17
1.45
1.35
72
3.25
3.24
127
3.25
3.2
182
3.25
3.2
237
0
0.001
35
0.9
1
41
0.002
0.01
11
1.75
2.44
22
1.38
1.38
18
1.99
2.2
73
3.25
3.24
128
1.8
1.81
183
0.03
0.03
238
0.9
0.4
36
1.5
1.4
42
1.33
1.1
12
1.52
0.77
23
3.24
3.22
19
1.99
24
5.07
4.87
20
25
2.59
2.46
21
26
2.55
2.48
22
27
2.59
2.47
23
3.2
2.52
2.43
24
25
28
IC401
0
2.1
74
0.001
0.003
129
0.1
75
0
0.002
130
0
0
76
0.001
0.001
131
3.2
3.1
77
0.001
0.002
132
3.1
78
2.44
2.41
133
3.2
3.1
79
0.001
0.003
1.37
1.8
80
3.2
3.1
2
1.9
184
0.03
0.03
239
3.1
0.8
185
0.03
0.03
240
1.8
1.75
186
0.03
0.03
241
0.002
0.003
187
0.03
0.03
242
0.001
0.9
188
0.03
0.01
243
0.01
134
0.002
0.001
189
3.23
3.21
244
135
1.06
0.99
190
1.23
1.24
245
1.04
0.1
3.07
37
0.1
38
0
0
0.01
0.1
3.2
3.26
43
3.27
3.26
13
0.8
1.11
14
1.33
1.02
15
2.1
1.79
0.002
0.001
16
2.11
1.81
0.92
17
2.17
1.78
1.3
0.92
18
4.61
4.25
3.27
3.26
19
0.002
0.002
1.5
1.58
44
1.35
39
1.5
1.4
45
40
1.69
2
46
0.1
41
1.3
1.4
47
1.36
3.1
3.01
42
1.5
1.2
48
1.09
1.65
43
1.4
1.4
49
1.14
0.83
1.63
21
3V
1.68 V
3.02 V
22
3.2 V
2.62 V
3.2 V
23
3.2 V
2.55 V
3.2 V
24
4.85 V
4.85 V
4.75 V
25
0.121 V
3.4 V
0.19 V
26
1.65 V
1.25 V
1.6 V
27
2.16 V
2.1 V
2.14 V
28
3.75 V
3.7 V
3.66 V
29
2.43 V
2.46 V
2.34 V
30
0.002 V
0.002 V
0.005 V
31
4.76 V
4.58 V
4.72 V
32
4.68 V
4.58 V
4.71 V
33
2.88 V
2.86 V
2.8 V
34
0.061 V
0.06 V
0.061 V
35
3.02 V
2.34 V
2.99 V
36
3.5 V
2.84 V
3.4 V
37
1.7 V
1.76V
1.61 V
1
3.25
3.24
26
0.8
0.07
81
3.2
3.1
136
3.24
3.2
191
1.24
1.24
246
1.35
1.36
44
1.3
1.3
50
1.48
1
20
2.2
1.82
2
3.25
3.23
27
0
0.003
82
3.27
3.24
137
3.06
3
192
2.22
2.08
247
0.01
0.1
45
1.9
1.98
51
1.91
0.5
21
2.2
1.79
3
0.002
1.21
28
2.6
2.7
83
3.23
3.16
138
3.17
3
193
0
0.001
248
1.5
3.07
46
0.001
0.002
52
0.002
0.001
22
2.23
1.82
4
1.62
1.61
29
1.9
1
84
3.2
3.1
139
3.1
3
194
0.3
0.4
249
0
0.001
47
0.001
0.002
53
0.33
1.47
23
2.23
1.9
5
1.62
1.61
30
1.38
1.2
85
0.001
0.003
140
3.26
3.1
195
3.23
3.21
250
0.01
0.24
48
0
0.002
54
0.002
0.001
24
0.002
0.002
6
1.57
1.56
31
1.34
1.21
86
3
2.91
141
3.26
3.1
196
0.7
0.7
251
0.01
0.24
7
0.001
0
32
0.8
1.3
87
3
2.99
142
3.04
3
197
0
0.001
252
1.48
1.52
1
3.27
3.25
1
0.002
0.001
8
3.27
3.26
33
0.8
1.3
88
3
2.9
143
1.27
1.12
198
3.2
3.21
253
1.47
1.51
2
1.27
1.2
2
0.002
0.001
9
3.27
3.26
34
3
2.8
89
0.007
0.008
144
0.002
0.003
199
3.23
3.2
254
1
1.04
3
3.27
3.25
3
0.002
0.001
38
2V
2.05 V
1.94 V
10
0.001
0
35
3.28
2.8
90
0.001
0.003
145
1.57
1.6
200
0.002
0.4
255
0.9
0.98
4
1.25
1.1
4
0.002
0.001
39
8.65 V
8.6 V
8.38 V
256
3.2
3.18
5
1.38
1.14
5
3.27
3.26
40
0.002 V
0.003 V
0.006 V
6
0.02
0.001
6
3.27
3.26
41
0.002 V
0.003 V
0.006 V
IC603
IC606
11
5.02
4.81
36
1.38
2.4
91
2.99
1.2
146
0.04
0.04
201
0.002
0.002
12
2.38
2.3
37
1.38
2.6
92
0.001
0.003
147
1.47
1.39
202
0.2
0.4
13
4.9
0.001
38
1.37
1.3
93
3.27
3.24
148
0.002
0.003
203
0.2
0.4
1
0.002
0.2
7
1.06
1.14
7
0.002
0.001
42
4.8 V
4.8 V
4.68 V
14
2.4
2.36
39
0.003
0
94
0.001
0.002
149
1.67
1.55
204
3.25
3.23
2
3.2
0.4
8
0.93
1.47
8
3.27
3.26
43
2.4 V
2.67 V
2.17 V
IC602
IC607
15
2.4
2.36
40
1.37
1.3
95
3.2
3.2
150
1.59
1.6
205
2.96
2.93
3
3.2
3.07
9
3.27
3.26
44
13.8 mV
3.86 V
0.03 V
16
0.001
0.001
41
1.41
1.31
96
3.97
3.7
151
1.8
1.7
206
3.7
3.61
4
3.2
3.2
10
1
1.57
1
0.002
0.002
45
2.5 V
2.52 V
2.55 V
17
5.1
4.93
42
1.39
1.3
97
1.8
1.8
152
0.02
0.01
207
2.9
2.91
5
3.2
3.01
11
0.41
1.48
2
3.27
3.24
46
2.6 V
2.78 V
2.64 V
18
2.4
2.35
43
0.001
0
98
4.1
3.2
153
0.02
0.01
208
3.7
3.54
6
3.2
0.5
12
0.001
0.001
3
0.002
0.002
47
4.14 V
4.14 V
4.14 V
19
2.4
2.36
44
0.02
0.01
99
4.1
3.2
154
3.25
3.14
209
4
3.5
7
3.2
0.5
13
1.98
0.38
4
0.008
3.24
48
3.3 V
3.09 V
3.30 V
4.9
0.001
45
0.02
0.01
100
3.2
3.2
155
1.7
3.24
210
4
3.5
8
3.2
2
14
3.27
3.26
5
0.002
0.001
49
2.97 V
2.93 V
3.69 V
46
3.25
3.2
101
3.2
3.16
156
0.4
0.04
211
3.7
3.4
9
0.002
0.002
15
2.9
2.71
6
2.26
0.78
50
1.93 V
1.92 V
1.92 V
3
102
3.27
3.23
157
0.002
0.003
212
3.7
3.2
10
0.01
0.009
16
3.23
3.19
7
0.002
0.001
51
0.002 V
0.003 V
0.005 V
20
IC402
1
5.8
5.72
47
2.99
2
5.8
5.73
48
3.25
3.2
103
3.2
3.23
158
0.003
0.003
213
1.6
1.61
11
3.2
3.2
17
3.09
3
8
2.26
3.24
52
1.93 V
1.93 V
1.92 V
3
5.8
5.73
49
0
0.001
104
4
3.9
159
0.003
0.003
214
1.6
1.61
12
5.1
5.1
18
3.19
3.13
9
0.002
0.001
53
2.33 V
2.33 V
2.34 V
4
0
0
50
3.23
3.21
105
2.1
2.1
160
0.02
0.04
215
1.57
1.55
13
3.27
3.26
19
3.03
2.89
10
0.001
0.001
54
1.93 V
1.92 V
1.92 V
5
5.8
5.72
51
0.002
0.001
106
4.1
3.99
161
0.001
0.003
216
0.003
0.02
14
3.27
3.26
20
1.55
1.49
11
3.12
2.56
55
5.14 V
5.14 V
5.13 V
2-47
2-48
VOLTAGE CHARTS
MODE
PIN NO.
EE
PB
56
2.24 V
2.57 V
57
1.95 V
2.28 V
MODE
PIN NO.
EE
PB
REC
MODE
PIN NO.
EE
2.22 V
11
4.16
3.19
3.19
67
2.56
0.006 V
12
4.15
3.19
3.1
68
0.2
REC
REC
MODE
PIN NO.
EE
PB
REC
MODE
PIN NO.
EE
2.2
1.4
22
3.82 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
33
1.8
2.4
23
3.86 V
3.84 V
3.86 V
34
PB
STOP
PLAY
PB
REC
Transistor
+
3.86
3.8
3.87
C201
5.14
0
5.15
12
12.3
12.2
C208
3.26
3.12
3.24
-
STOP
Transistor
+
0
C673
2.29
C701
+-
PLAY
-
+-
3.26
0
3.25
0
16
0
16
0
4.97
0
5.79
0
58
3V
2.55 V
3.01 V
13
2.4
2.6
2.68
69
2.57
2.56
1.58
24
3.87 V
3.84 V
3.87 V
35
0.6
0.64
4.24
C209
3.26
3.12
3.24
3.11
C702
4.98
0
59
2.9 V
2.93 V
2.92 V
14
5.12
5.1
5.1
70
2.57
2.56
2.56
25
3.87 V
3.9 V
3.87 V
36
0
0.63
0
C214
5.26
0
5.2
0
C702
4.99
0.00
60
1.47 V
1.54 V
1.48 V
15
1.7
1.6
1.8
71
0
0
0
26
0.76 V
0.003 V
0.76 V
37
0.62
0.63
4.24
C221
0
2.11
0
2.11
C710
32.00
0.00
61
1.8 V
2.44 V
1.79 V
16
0
0
0
72
2.57
2.57
2.55
27
0.001 V
0.003 V
0.005 V
38
0
0
4.28
C310
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
C712
62
0.087 V
0.09 V
0.088 V
17
5.18
5
5
73
5.1
5.1
5.1
28
3.84 V
3.83 V
3.83 V
39
0
0
0
C311
2.34
0.38
2.32
0.00
C712
5.78
0.00
63
1.8 V
2.55 V
1.78 V
18
5.1
5
5
74
2.5
2.5
2.88
29
3.86 V
3.86 V
3.86 V
40
5
5
5
C312
2.34
0.00
2.32
0.00
C801
4.3
0.01
4.29
0
64
0.002 V
0.003 V
0.006 V
19
2.6
2.5
2.56
75
2.5
2.5
2.2
30
0.77 V
0.76V
0.76 V
41
0
0.9
0.9
C315
2.35
0.00
2.33
0.00
C806
3.82
0
3.82
0
65
1.71 V
0.002 V
1.69 V
20
0
0
0
76
2.5
2.5
2.56
31
3.87 V
3.87 V
3.86 V
42
4.95
4.87
4.83
C318
2.30
0.00
2.30
0.00
C807
3.85
0
3.85
0
66
0.002 V
0.003 V
0.006 V
21
0
0
0
77
0
0
0
32
3.86 V
3.87 V
3.87 V
43
4.86
4.79
4.78
C319
1.54
0.00
1.63
0.00
C808
3.16
0
3.15
0
67
0.005 V
0.07 V
0.44 V
22
1.9
2.2
1.8
78
0
0
0
33
3.86 V
3.86 V
3.86 V
44
0.06
0.7
0.14
C324
3.04
1.74
3.00
1.46
C816
2.53
0
2.54
0
68
4.8 V
4.8 V
4.78 V
23
2
2.57
2.57
79
5.13
5.1
5.1
34
11.84 V
11.76 V
11.77 V
C325
5.04
0.00
5.00
0.00
C821
9.3
0
9.3
0
69
4.7 V
4.7 V
4.7 V
24
0.1
0
0
80
5.13
5.1
5.1
35
0.64 V
0.44 V
4.3 V
70
7.75 V
2.55 V
5.55 V
25
5.1
5.1
5
81
4.4
4.4
4.4
36
0.64 V
0.62 V
71
5.55 V
0.008 V
0.008 V
26
2.6
2.5
2.53
82
0
2.4
0
37
0.64 V
0.63 V
72
4.84 V
4.8 V
4.72 V
27
0
0
4.6
83
0
2.1
0
38
0.005 V
0.008 V
4.32 V
73
2.21 V
2.2 V
2.24 V
28
4.85
4.85
4..84
84
0
0
0
39
0.002 V
0.005 V
0.006 V
BASE
0.68
-2
74
2.45 V
2.6 V
2.43 V
29
0
0
0
85
0
0
0
40
5V
5.07 V
5.05 V
EMITER
0
75
2.38 V
0.72 V
2.38 V
30
0
0
0
86
5.1
5.1
5.1
41
0.005 V
0.92 V
0.92 V
COLECTOR
0
76
2.4 V
0.81 V
2.39 V
31
0
0
0
87
5.1
5.1
5.1
42
4.7 V
4.7 V
4.7 V
77
1.58 V
1.6 V
1.48 V
32
0
0
0
88
5.1
5.1
5.1
43
4.8 V
4.8 V
4.8 V
BASE
0.68
-2.05
78
2.44 V
3.35 V
2.33 V
33
0
2.67
2.68
89
0
0
0
44
0.078 V
3.3 V
0.068 V
EMITER
0
0
79
1.73 V
1.67 V
2.51 V
34
0
2.5
2.63
90
5
5
5.1
COLECTOR
0
-0.34
80
0.98 V
0.98 V
4.46 V
35
0
0
0
91
5.1
5.1
4.97
1
3.82
3.82
3.82
81
1.1 V
1.13 V
1.15 V
36
5.1
5.1
5.13
92
0
0
0
2
3.82
3.82
3.82
BASE
0.76
0.76
0.76
82
0.003 V
0.004 V
0.006 V
37
5.14
2.56
2.57
93
5
5
5.1
3
3.82
3.82
3.82
EMITER
0
0
83
1.65 V
1.03 V
1.41 V
38
2.34
2.4
2.38
94
0
0
1.9
4
3.82
3.82
3.82
COLECTOR
0
84
0.258 V
2.5 V
0.014 V
39
0
0
0
95
0
0
0
5
3.82
3.82
3.82
85
0.002 V
0.003 V
1.38 V
40
5.1
1.96
2.23
96
5
5
5
6
3.82
3.82
3.82
BASE
0.76
0.76
86
0.251 V
0.014 V
1.98 V
41
2.5
2.5
2.53
97
0
0
0
7
3.82
3.82
3.82
EMITER
0
87
0.77 V
0.78 V
0.78 V
42
0
0
0
98
5
5
2.5
8
3.82
3.82
3.82
COLECTOR
0
88
0.77 V
0.78 V
0.77 V
43
0
0
5.1
99
0
0
0
9
3.82
3.82
3.82
89
0.77 V
0.78 V
0.77 V
44
5.1
5.1
5.1
100
0
0
0.8
10
3.82
3.82
3.82
90
0.77 V
0.78 V
0.77 V
45
5.1
5.1
5.1
11
3.82
3.82
91
4.85 V
4.83 V
4.74 V
46
0
0
0
1
3.8 V
3.81 V
3.82 V
12
0.53
0
92
2.1 mV
0.004 V
0.006 V
47
1.6
1..6
1.6
2
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
13
3.9
3.87
3.91
93
1.7 V
1.72 V
3.94 V
48
0
0
0
3
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
14
0
0
0
BASE
3.6
2
94
1.7 V
1.71 V
3.93 V
49
1.43
1.86
1.27
4
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
15
0
0
0
EMITER
4.22
95
1.7 V
1.71 V
3.92 V
50
2.13
2.44
2.63
5
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
16
6
6
6.08
COLECTOR
96
1.7 V
1.71 V
3.94 V
51
5
5
4.9
6
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
17
6
6.09
6.08
97
0.002 V
0.005 V
0.006 V
52
2.97
2.43
2.96
7
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
18
0
0
0
BASE
0
0
98
2.16 V
2.16 V
2.21 V
53
2.45
2.46
2.41
8
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
19
6
6.08
6.09
EMITER
0
COLECTOR
I CIC801
801
Q305
Q
305
BASE
1.8
1.82
1.9
C327
1.45
0.00
1.59
0.00
C826
0.26
0
0.61
0
4.3 V
EMITER
2.5
2.5
2.54
C328
2.28
0.00
2.28
0.00
C828
5.15
0
5.14
0
4.28 V
COLECTOR
0
0
0
C329
2.27
0.49
2.27
0.53
C829
2.55
0
2.55
0
C330
4.02
0.00
4.02
0.00
C830
0.47
0
0.47
0
0.68
C331
2.57
1.74
2.27
1.74
C831
2.57
0
2.57
0
0
0
C332
2.64
0.00
2.73
0.00
C840
5.1
0
5.11
0
-0.42
0
C333
2.95
2.20
2.96
2.25
C842
5.1
0
5.15
0
C334
3.07
0.00
3.08
0.00
C843
2.56
0
2.54
0
0.68
C335
2.53
0.01
2.42
0.00
C846
2.58
0
2.54
0
0
C339
4.90
0.00
4.96
0.00
C847
0.47
0
0.47
0
0
C362
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
C851
4.28
0.02
4.2
0.1
C363
0.16
0.00
0.12
0.00
C866
2.53
0
2.52
0
C367
2.27
1.78
2.27
1.33
C871
2.59
0
C402
4.69
0
4.92
0
C873
1.22
0
C405
2.35
0
2.45
0
C876
C406
5.47
2.37
5.44
2.48
C877
0.76
C407
5.47
0
5.44
0
0
0
C408
5.47
2.37
5.44
0
0
C413
11.9
0
C414
5.17
I CIC802
802
q801
Q
q802
Q
q902
Q
0
q903
Q
Q905
Q
801
802
902
903
905
2.59
0
0
1.22
0
3.84
0
3.84
0
2.05
0
2.05
0
C879
4.54
0
4.53
0
2.48
C880
2.44
0
2.49
0
12
0
C881
3.85
0
3.84
0
0.01
5.44
0
C882
9.3
0
9.3
0
5.47
0.01
5.44
0
C883
3.18
0
3.15
0
BASE
0.39
0.4
0.39
C415
3.82
EMITER
1.03
1.02
1.02
C500
5.2
0
5.19
0
C886
3.84
0
3.84
0
0
COLECTOR
0
0
0
C503
5.04
0
5.04
0
C887
4.07
0
4.08
0
C516
4.83
0
4.82
0
C888
3.86
0
3.85
0
3.6
C526
13.89
0
13.8
0
C889
3.9
0
3.92
0
2.7
4.28
C531
3.26
2.1
3.39
2.2
C902
1.12
1
1.12
1
0
0
C534
4.38
0
4.38
0
C902
1.10
0.91
C535
4.4
0
4.4
0
C903
0.9
0.78
0.94
0.77
0
C546
13.95
0
14
0
C904
1.4
1.28
1.41
1.28
0
0
C561
5.22
0
5.19
0
C904
1.23
1.13
3.24
3.18
C578
2.6
0
2.59
0
C911
2.4
0
2.68
0
C579
2.6
0
2.59
0
C911
2.91
0.00
C916
5.11
0
5.12
0
Q910
Q
0
Q911
Q
3.12
910
911
99
2.16V
2.16 V
2.25 V
54
2.4
2.43
2.39
9
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
20
6
6.09
6.09
100
2.16 V
2.16 V
2.31 V
55
2
2
1.94
10
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
21
4.6
6
4.59
56
0
0
0
11
3.8 V
3.82 V
3.82 V
22
3.82
3.82
3.82
BASE
0
0
0
C584
2.6
0
2.59
0.01
1
0
0.1
0
57
0
0
0
12
0.054 V
~
0.048 V
23
3.87
3.79
3.86
EMITER
0
0
0
C586
5.21
0
5.17
0
2
4.93
4.9
4.2
58
4.4
0
4.5
13
3.87 V
3.8 V
3.99 V
24
3.87
3.88
3.88
COLECTOR2.64
3.24
3.21
0
3
4.93
4.9
4.8
59
0
0
0
14
0.008 V
0.003 V
0.011 V
25
3.87
3.11
3.87
4
4.76
4.7
4.7
60
5
4.7
5
15
0.008 V
0.006 V
0.01 V
26
0.75
0
0.75
5
4.78
4.7
4.75
61
4.73
4.7
4.7
16
6V
6.07 V
6.07 V
27
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
62
0
0
0
17
6V
6.07 V
6.08 V
28
3.84
3.84
3.84
7
0
0
0
63
0
0
0
18
7V
6.07 V
0.11 V
29
2.64
3.87
8
5.12
5.1
5.1
64
5
5
0
19
6V
6.06 V
0.028V
30
0.74
IC501
Q912
Q
912
C592
5.21
0
5.18
C5G1
4.7
0
4.43
0
0
C612
3.26
0
3.25
0
0
0
C614
3.23
0
3.22
0
3.05
3.29
C616
3.24
0
3.23
0
3.87
C618
1.8
0
1.8
0
0.74
0.73
C642
1.81
0
1.81
0
Q913
Q
BASE
0
EMITER
0
COLECTOR3.54
913
0
9
5
5
4.9
65
0
0
1.3
20
6V
6.07 V
6.07 V
31
3.88
3.88
3.88
C643
3.26
0
3.25
0
10
4.16
4.98
1.3
66
1.7
2.4
1.9
21
4.58 V
4.57 V
5.9 V
32
3.88
3.82
3.88
C646
3.26
0
3.25
0
2-49
2-50
VOLTAGE CHARTS
Transistor
Base
WAVEFORMS
STOP
Emitter Collector
Base
PLAY
Emitter Collector
Q201
3.1
3.28
0.009
2.28
3.05
2.34
Q202
3.14
3.28
0.01
3.1
3.25
0.6
Q203
4.9
0.01
4.9
4.86
5.1
4.85
Q204
4.9
0.04
4.9
4.86
5.2
4.86
Q205
0.003
0.002
4.9
0.003
0.003
4.8
Q206
0.003
0.002
4.9
0.003
0.016
4.86
Q301
4.4
5.08
4.98
4.4
5.08
4.98
Q302
0.74
0.006
0.001
0.74
0.006
0.001
Q303
0.72
0.006
0.008
0.72
0.006
0.008
Q306
1.63
2.22
0.01
1.63
2.22
0.01
Q307
2.15
1.48
0.001
2.15
1.48
0.001
Q308
0.01
4.99
5.24
4.51
Q311
0.00
0.00
0.00
-2.20
0.24
3.51
Q403
0.002
1.55
0.76
0.002
0.009
-0.4
Q404
0.002
1.6
0.76
0.002
0.009
-0.6
Q405
2.54
3.27
3.25
3.23
3.26
-0.4
Q501
0.009
0.002
0.02
0.009
0.002
0.02
Q504
2.15
2.83
0.002
2.15
2.83
0.002
Q505
1.63
1.65
5.15
1.63
1.65
5.15
Q507
2.15
2.8
0.002
2.15
2.8
0.002
Q550
0.01
0.002
1.66
0.01
0.002
1.66
Q901
0.76
0.002
0.008
-0.48
0.002
0.004
Q701
5.78
5.03
5.24
3.85
* IC301 Oscilloscope Waveform
IC301 Pin 75
PB mode
500mvp-p
IC301 Pins 48, 50,
54, 56
Video in 1Vp-p
IC301 Pin 67
PB/REC mode
4.0Vp-p
IC301 Pin 100
REC mode
1.1Vp-p
IC301 Pin 3
REC mode
2.0Vp-p
IC301 Pin 65
PB mode
2.02Vp-p
IC301 Pin 43
PB mode
400mVp-p
IC301 Pin 28
PB mode
400mVp-p
IC301 Pin 68
PB/REC mode
5Vp-p
IC301 Pin 69
PB/REC mode
5Vp-p
IC301 Pins 21
REC mode
340mVp-p
IC301 Pins 25
PB mode
300mVp-p
IC301 Pin 29
PB mode
400mVp-p
IC301 Pin 70
PB mode
3.6Vp-p
5.23
* IC501 Waveform Photographs
2-51
2-52
V.HSW
(IC501 Pin 23)
1V/10mS
REC/PB MODE
DV.SYNC
(IC501 PIN 24)
1V/100uS
QUE/REV MODE
CTL(+)
(IC501 Pin 74)
1V/10mS
CTL(-)
(IC501 Pin 75)
1V/10mS
DFG/DFG
(IC501 PIN 65)
1V/10mS
REC/PB MODE
CFG
(IC501 Pin 67)
1V/10mS
V.IN
(IC501 Pin 49)
500mV/20uS
V.OUT
(IC501 Pin 47)
500mV/20uS
EE/PB MODE
Victor Company of Japan, Limited
AV & MULTIMEDIA COMPANY DIGITAL VIDEO STORAGE CATEGORY 12, 3-chome, Moriya-cho, kanagawa-ku, Yokohama, kanagawa-prefecture, 221-8528, Japan
(No.YD070)
Printed in Japan
VPT
PARTS LIST
[HR-XV45SEF,HR-XV45SEK,HR-XV45SER,
HR-XV45SEU,HR-XV45SEY,HR-XV45SEZ]
* SAFETY PRECAUTION
Parts identified by the  symbol are critical for safety. Replace only with
specified part numbers.
* BEWARE OF BOGUS PARTS
Parts that do not meet specifications may cause trouble in regard to safety
and performance. We recommend that genuine JVC parts be used.
* (x_) in a description column shows the number of the used part.
- Contents Exploded view of general assembly and parts list ..................... 3-2
VHS mechanism assembly and parts list ................................... 3-4
DVD mechanism assembly and parts list................................... 3-7
Electrical parts list ...................................................................... 3-9
Packing materials and accessories parts list ........................... 3-22
(No.YD070)3-1
Exploded view of general assembly and parts list
Block No. M1MM
250
463
463
463
470
457
VHS mechanism
assembly<M2>
VCR main board
assembly<03>
324
323
469
463
471
469
274
Power board
assembly<01>
Key board
assembly<02>
265
DVD mechanism
assembly<M3>
288
465
261
463
261
A44
261
330
260
452
285
286
283
284
A43
3-2(No.YD070)
300
261
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
General assembly
Block No. [M][1][M][M]
 Symbol No.
250
261
265
274
283
284
285
286
288
 300
 300
323
324
330
452
457
463
465
469
470
471
A43
A43
A43
A44
Part No.
LG-3110R-V024B
LG-5040R-0069S
LG-4930R-0384A
LG-3300R-V075A
LG-3580R-V145D
LG-442-681A
LG-3580R-T192D
LG-4970R-0146A
LG-4930R-0573A
LG-6410RBHV02E
LG-6410RCHP02D
LG-3111R-0089E
LG-4930R-0472A
LG-3140R-V010A
LG-1SZZR-0098A
LG-1SZZR-0098E
LG-1SZZR-0098G
LG-1SZZR-0097K
LG-1SZZR-0098J
LG-1SZZR-0098K
LG-1SZZR-0098L
LG-3721R-F432J
LG-3721R-F432K
LG-3721R-F432H
LG-3141R-V027L
Part Name
CASE
RUBBER
HOLDER
PLATE
DOOR
SPRING
DOOR
SPRING
HOLDER
POWER CORD
POWER CORD
CASE ASSEMBLY
HOLDER
CHASSIS
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
PANEL ASSEMBLY/FRONT
PANEL ASSEMBLY/FRONT
PANEL ASSEMBLY/FRONT
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
Description
Local
VBW8024 PRESS TOP A288G B:3/S:
CCD 05 NEW SILICON OTHER 2T (3(x4)
POWER CORD
ONE BOARD SLIM PRESS A/V JACK
VCR VJ9033QP1M NA3GJJ MOLD CST
DOOR
VCR VJ9033QP1M NA3GJJ MOLD TRA
PLATE DR4000 SPRING
VCR V9500 MOLD POWER PWB
HIT-102/H03VHH2-F (ST-HS:80MM)
HIT-102/H03VHH2-F (ST-HS:80MM)
PRE AMP SLIM COMBI C-CORE A NO
VCR ONE BOARD SLIM MOLD HIPS 6(x2)
ONE BOARD PRESS SECC 0.8T
+ 2 D3.0 L10.0 MSWR3/FZMCY-1 3(x4)
+ 2 D3.0 L12.0 MSWR3/FZMCW-1 3(x4)
+ 2 D3.0 L8.0 MSWR3/FZMCW-1 3C(x8)
+ 2 D3.0 L10.0 MSWR3/FZB 3 CR(x2)
+ 2 D3.0 L6.5 MSWR3/FZMCY-1 3(x5)
+ 2 D3.0 21MM MSWR3/FZMCY-1 3C(x2)
+ 2 D3.0 L16.0 MSWR3/FN SILVER
VCR VJ9033QSM.NA7BJJ CHANGE P/
VCR VJ9033QP1M.NA4UJJ CHANGE P
VCR VJ9033QP1M.NA3GJJ CHANGE P
2005 COMBI DVD+VCR 4HD HI-FI P
B
A,C,D,E,F
A
B
C,D,E,F
(No.YD070)3-3
VHS mechanism assembly and parts list
Block No. M2MM
100
A21
102
A23
A01
008
006
Not used
015
007
011
027
004
013
031
014
017
003
409
009
016
029
022
079
012
405
028
021
031
A24
116
109
054A
115
024
406
054
3-4(No.YD070)
A22
Back side
051
A11
A12
052
517
061
064
056
023
518
052A
058
055
077
080
078
060
076
410
(No.YD070)3-5
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
VHS mechanism
Block No. [M][2][M][M]
 Symbol No.
003
004
008
009
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
021
022
023
024
027
028
029
031
051
052
052A
054
054A
055
056
058
060
061
064
076
077
078
079
080
100
102
109
115
116
405
406
409
410
517
518
A01
A11
A12
A21
A22
A23
A24
3-6(No.YD070)
Part No.
LG-4930R-0449A
LG-5006R-0045A
LG-6850R-HG18Y
LG-4260R-0056A
LG-4261R-0040A
LG-3041R-M037A
LG-3041R-M038A
LG-3041R-M039A
LG-5870R-0007A
LG-3041R-M036D
LG-4408R-0005A
LG-4421R-M002A
LG-6520D00004B
LG-3040R-M056A
LG-4261R-0042A
LG-4470R-0133A
LG-4408R-0006A
LG-4261R-0037A
LG-4970R-0175A
LG-4400R-0005A
LG-4680R-A015A
LG-4980R-0029A
LG-4470R-0136A
LG-4970R-0171A
LG-4470R-0140A
LG-4470R-0139A
LG-4421R-M001A
LG-4510R-0065A
LG-4265R-0007A
LG-4470R-0141A
LG-4510R-0063A
LG-3300R-M203A
LG-4510R-0062A
LG-3040R-M057A
LG-4510R-0064A
LG-3301R-M193A
LG-4970R-0173A
LG-5870R-0008A
LG-4510R-0070A
LG-4970R-0163A
LG-1MPC0301270
LG-1MEC0302018
LG-1SZZR-0032B
LG-1APF0262218
LG-1WZZR-0004D
LG-1WZZR-0004A
LG-6723R-0603F
LG-4471R-0017A
LG-4471R-0015A
LG-4931R-0084A
LG-4471R-0016A
LG-4261R-0038A
LG-4511R-0005A
Part Name
Description
HOLDER
CAP
CABLE/FLAT
ARM
ARM ASSEMBLY
BASE ASSEMBLY
BASE ASSEMBLY
BASE ASSEMBLY
OPENER
BASE ASSEMBLY
REEL
BRAKE ASSEMBLY
HEAD(CIRC)
BASE
ARM ASSEMBLY
GEAR
REEL
ARM ASSEMBLY
SPRING
BELT
MOTOR(MECH)
SUPPORTER
GEAR
SPRING
GEAR
GEAR
BRAKE ASSEMBLY
LEVER
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
GEAR
LEVER
PLATE
LEVER
BASE
LEVER
PLATE ASSEMBLY
SPRING
OPENER
LEVER
SPRING
SCREW MACHINE/PAN HEAD
SCREW MACHINE/PAN HEAD SPR W
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW TAP TITE(B)/PAN HEAD
WASHER/DRAWING
WASHER/DRAWING
DRUM(CIRC) ASSEMBLY
GEAR ASSEMBLY
GEAR ASSEMBLY
HOLDER ASSEMBLY
GEAR ASSEMBLY
ARM ASSEMBLY
LEVER ASSEMBLY
Local
DECK/MECHA FPCB(6CH) - D37C MO
DECK/MECHA FPCB - D37C MOLD
P=1.25 FFC UL2896(0.05X0.8) 7
DECK/MECHA T/UP OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA TENSION - D37
P2 -D37
P3 - D37
P4 - D37
DECK/MECHA LID OTHER - D37
A/C HEAD (ALPS) - D37 (DUMMY H
DECK/MECHA S OTHER - D37
T - D37
ST ST FE HEAD FOR D37 13.5
LOADING OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA IDLER(N) - D37
DECK/MECHA WHEEL OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA T OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA PINCH - D37 (CHON P
COIL TENSION - D37(x2)
CAPSTAN
CAPSTAN F2QVB66 SANKYO FOR D37
DECK/MECHA CAPSTAN OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA RACK F/L OTHER - D3
COIL RACK F/L - D37
DECK/MECHA DRIVE OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA CAM OTHER - D37
CAPSTAN -D37
DECK/MECHA F/R OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA D37(N)
DECK/MECHA SECTOR OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA SPRING OTHER - D37
SLIDER OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA TENSION OTHER - D37
TENSION OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA BRAKE OTHER - D37
TOP - D37
COIL STOPPER - D37
DECK/MECHA DOOR OTHER - D37
DECK/MECHA SWITCH(C) OTHER - D
COIL D35S SWITCH
+ D3.0 L3.5 SWRCH18A/FZW
+ D3.0 L6.0 MSWR3/FZY(x3)
+ 1 D2.6 L5.0 SWRCH18A/FZY TAP
+ D2.6 L6.8 MSWR3/FZY(x3)
STOPPER
STOPPER
DECK/MECHA (9P6S) D37-6CH PAL
DECK/MECHA P3 - D37
DECK/MECHA P2 - D37
DECK/MECHA CST - D37
DECK/MECHA RACK F/L - D37
DECK/MECHA F/L - D37
SWITCH(C) - D37
DVD mechanism assembly and parts list
Block No. M3MM
A01
439
018
014
A02
013
020
017
012
435
015B
015
019
016
440
432
012
030
026
439
010
024
025
431
036
435
A03
430
021
430
012A
035A
035
439
(No.YD070)3-7
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
DVD mechanism
Block No. [M][3][M][M]
 Symbol No.
010
012
012A
013
014
015
015B
016
017
018
019
020
021
024
025
026
030
035
035A
036
430
431
432
435
439
440
A01
A02
A03
3-8(No.YD070)
Part No.
LG-6850R-JW23Z
LG-5040R-0083A
LG-5040R-0110A
LG-4400R-0006B
LG-4470R-0154A
LG-4681R-A015A
LG-4560R-0008A
LG-6871R-9294A
LG-4470R-0176A
LG-4974R-0067A
LG-3210R-M008A
LG-3040R-M064A
LG-4681R-B009B
LG-4470R-0179A
LG-4470R-0178A
LG-3390R-0030A
LG-4470R-0180A
LG-6871R-9295A
LG-6850R-GK09Z
LG-4370R-0136A
LG-1SZZR-0064B
LG-1SZZR-0062A
LG-1SZZR-0072A
LG-1SZZR-0011A
LG-1SZZR-0075A
LG-1SZZH-1007B
LG-4861R-0016B
LG-3041R-D024A
LG-3041R-M068B
Part Name
CABLE/FLAT
RUBBER
RUBBER
BELT
GEAR
MOTOR ASSEMBLY
PULLEY
PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY/TOTAL
GEAR
GUIDE
FRAME
BASE
MOTOR ASSEMBLY
GEAR
GEAR
TRAY
GEAR
PWB(PCB) ASSEMBLY/TOTAL
CABLE/FLAT
SHAFT
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
SCREW/DRAWING
CLAMP ASSEMBLY
BASE ASSEMBLY
BASE ASSEMBLY
Description
Local
P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.035X0.7) 23
DVD DP-6/ DP-8 FRONT RIGHT 20(x2)
DVD REAR DP8 RIGHT 20 OTHER BL(x2)
DECK/MECHA DP2-5/ DP7C/DP7A OT
DECK/MECHA DP8 PULLEY MOLD
DECK/MECHA LOADING DP-9 SH
MOTOR
DP-9C LOADING
DVD DP-9 LOADING MOLD
DVD DP-9C UP/DOWN MOLD
DP-9C UP/DOWN MOLD
MAIN DP-9C MOLD
DECK/MECHA DP9 FEEDING
DVD DP-9 PINION MOLD
DVD DP-9 MIDDLE MOLD
DVD DP-9C DISK MOLD
DVD DP-9 RACK MOLD
DP-9C FEEDING
P=1.0 FFC UL2896(0.05X0.65) 11
DVD PU/ DR-02 SUS-420J2 OTHER
+ 1 D1.7 L7.0 SWCH18A/BZN DP8(x2)
+ 1 D1.7 L4.5 SWCH18A/NI DP8 P
+ 1 D1.7 L4.5 SWRCH18A/FZY DP8
MACHINE(x4)
+ 1 D1.7 L10.0 SWRCH18A/FZW DP(x3)
+ D2.0 6MM SWRCH16A/ZNBK 4MM 1
DISC DP7 - SH
MAIN DP-9C
SLED DP-9C DI
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
Electrical parts list
Power board
 Symbol No.
Block No. [0][1]
 Symbol No.
Part No.
LG-6871R4925C
Part Name
Description
Local
PWB(PCB)
2005 COMBI ZORAN
C
ASSEMBLY/TOTAL
CIS SMPS DI
PWB(PCB)
2005 COMBI ZORAN A,B,D,
LG-6871R-4925A ASSEMBLY/TOTAL
PAL SMPS DI C
E,F
A47
A47
LG0IPMGIH005A
IC101
 IC102
 IC102
IC103
IC103
IC131
IC131
PZ0ILI817000B SENSOR
LGor 6500RDB010A SENSOR
LG-0IKE431000A IC/KEC
IC/SAMSUNG
or LG-0ISS431000A ELECTRONICS
LGIC/POWER
0IPMGKE006B MANAGEMENT
IC/POWER
or LG0IPMGGM002A MANAGEMENT
Q161
Q162
Q162
or
Q163
Q163
or
Q164
Q164
or
Q165
Q165
or
Q166
Q166
or
BD101
BD101
IC/POWER
MANAGEMENT
LG0TR126809BA
LG0TR319809AC
LG0TR534309BA
LG0TR928009AD
LG0TR127309AA
LG0TR534309BA
LG0TR534409AA
LG0TR928009AD
LG0TR127309AA
LG0TR232809AB
LG0TR320509AB
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
S1WB/A/60-4101 BRIDGE DIODE
or LG0DRRE00060A
D101
ERA22-10
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
LG0DR104009BA
LG0DRGF00239A
LG0DR104009BA
LG0DRGF00239A
LG0DR810040BA
LG0DR158220AA
LG0DRGF00210A
LG0DSGF00040A
LG0DSDI00110A
LG0DRSD00210A
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
D127
1SS133-T2
SI DIODE
ZD102
LG0DZ202609AA
LG0DZ132609AB
LGor 0DZ132609BB
LG0DZ102609BB
D102
D102
or
D121
D121
or
D123
D123
or
D123
or
D124
D124
D125
ZD151
ZD151
ZD152
or
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
DIODE/SWITCHING
DIODE/SWITCHING
DIODE/ZENERS
DIODE/ZENERS
DIODE/ZENERS
DIODE/ZENERS
ZD152
 C101
C102
C103
ICE3B0565 INFINEON
8PIN/DIP ST
LTV-817B/PHOTO
COUPLER(LITEON)
PC123YN2J00F SHARP
PHOTOCOUPLE
KIA431 3 PIN TP - KA431AZ (LM431AZ) - -KIA78R33PI CU KEC 4P
TO-220IS
G9133 GMT 4PIN/TO
220F-4L ST 1
 C111
KTA1268-BL TP KEC - -
C115
KTC3198 TP KEC - - -BL
(KTC181
2SC5343-L TP AUK
TO92 KSA928A-Y/TO-92L TP
SAMSUNG TO
KTA1273 TP KEC - - -Y
(KTA966A
2SC5343-L TP AUK
TO92 -
C121
2SC5344Y TP AUK - -
C134
KSA928A-Y/TO-92L TP
SAMSUNG TO
KTA1273 TP KEC - - -Y
(KTA966A
KSC2328A-Y TP
SAMSUNG TO-92L KTC3205-TP-Y
(KTC2236A)KEC
C137
S1WBA60 BK
SHINDENGEN - 600V DB105-C-S-V50
RECTRON BK NON 6
ERA22-10 KFLB/TP /R
T/P/FUJI
RL104F TP RECTRON 400V 1A 30
FR104E GULF TP NON
400V 1A 30A
RL104F TP RECTRON 400V 1A 30
FR104E GULF TP NON
400V 1A 30A
ERC81-004L22 BK FUJI
DO201AD 4
1N5822 BK RECTRON
DO201AD 40V
1N5822 GULF BK
DO201AD 40V 3A
UF5402-M11 GULF BK
DO201AD 200
UF3003 DIODES BK
DO201AD 200V
D3S6M SHINDENGEN
BK AX14 60V 1
1SS133 TP ROHM
KOREA - - - - UZ-20BSB 26MM TP
PYUNG CHANG D
GDZJ13A 26MM TP
GRANDE DO34 0
UZ-13BSA 26MM TP
PYUNG CHANG
UZ-10BSB 26MM TP
PYUNG CHANG D
C104
C105
C106
C107
C108
C109
C124
C126
C127
C128
C138
C143
C158
C159
C160
C161
C162
C164
C166
R100
Part No.
LGor 0DZ100009HA
CAPACITOR/
435D SUNIL
DRAWING
ELECTRONICS 0.1UF/2
CAPACITOR/
435D SUNIL
LG-624-088L
DRAWING
ELECTRONICS 0.1UF/2
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 68UF SHL/SD 400V 20%
0CE686CU611 ELECTROLYTIC
FL BK7.5
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 0.1UF D 50V 80%/-20%
0CN1040K948 TUBULAR
F(Y5V) TA
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF D 630V 10% PE
0CQ1031Y519 FILM
NI TP5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
HIGH-VOL 68PF/1KV
LG-624-087G
CERAMIC
SMPS SAMHWA
LGCAPACITOR/
0.01UF
50V K B TA26
0CN1030K518 TUBULAR
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
QETC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 33UF SMS/SG 25V 20%
0CE3366H638 ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF D 400V 20%
0CG1020U630 CERAMIC
E(Z5U) R
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 0.1UF D 50V 80%/-20%
0CN1040K948 TUBULAR
F(Y5V) TA
CAPACITOR/FIXED
HI-VOL 470P/1KVDC
LG-624-087D
CERAMIC
SMPS SAMHWA
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 470UF KME TYPE 25V
0CE477BH630 ELECTROLYTIC
20% FM5 BUL
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CE 47UF/50V KME
LG-624-085D
ELECTROLYTIC
(SMPS)
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 1000UF KME TYPE 16V
0CE108BF630 ELECTROLYTIC
20% FM5 BU
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 2200UF KME TYPE 16V
0CE228BF630 ELECTROLYTIC
20% FM5 BU
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 220UF SHL/SD 25V 20%
0CE227CH618 ELECTROLYTIC
FL TP 5
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED
330UF SMS/SG 10V
0CE3376D638 ELECTROLYTIC
20% FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CE 1000UF/10V
LG-624-082H
ELECTROLYTIC
SHL(10*12.5)T/P
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF
S
50V 5% PE TP5
0CQ1042K409 FILM
10UF
SRA/SS
16V 20%
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 4.7UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
0CE4754K638 ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 4.7UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
0CE4754K638 ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED 4.7UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
0CE4754K638 ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED
470UF SMS/SG 10V
0CE4776D638 ELECTROLYTIC
20% FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
LGCAPACITOR/
0.022UF 50V Z F TA26 S
0CN223AK948 TUBULAR
QRE121J-155Y C RESISTOR
R109
R136
QRD161J-104Y
R141
QRD161J-221
R105
R142
QRD161J-222Y
R143
QRE141J-102Y
LG0RN3301F408
LG0RN2701F408
R144
R145
Description
Local
UZ-10BM TP PYUNG
CHANG - 0.5W
LG-624-088L
LG0RS5602K619
LG0RD0102F608
LG0RS0750K619
R104
Part Name
DIODE/ZENERS
R146
QRD161J-271Y
R154
QRE141J-102Y
R155
QRD161J-183Y
R156
QRE141J-102Y
1.5M OHM 1/2 W 5.00%
MF10
RESISTOR/FIXED
METAL OXIDE FILM 56K OHM 2 W 5.00% TR
RESISTOR/FIXED 10 OHM 1/6 W 5% TA26
CARBON FILM
RESISTOR/FIXED
METAL OXIDE FILM 0.75 OHM 2 W 5.00% TR
100K OHM 1/6 W 5%
C RESISTOR
TA26
220 OHM 1/6 W 5%
C RESISTOR
TA26
2.2K OHM 1/6 W 5%
C RESISTOR
TA26
C RESISTOR
1K OHM 1/6 W 5% TA26
RESISTOR/FIXED
3.3K OHM 1/6 W 1%
METAL FILM
TA26
RESISTOR/FIXED
2.7K OHM 1/6 W 1%
METAL FILM
TA26
270 OHM 1/6 W 5%
C RESISTOR
TA26
C RESISTOR
1K OHM 1/6 W 5% TA26
18K OHM 1/6 W 5%
C RESISTOR
TA26
C RESISTOR
1K OHM 1/6 W 5% TA26
(No.YD070)3-9
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
Description
Local
330 OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
4.7K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
4.7K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
4.7K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
5.6K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
5.6K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
1K OHM 1/6 W 5% TA26
330 OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
R157
QRE141J-331Y C RESISTOR
R163
QRD161J-472Y C RESISTOR
R164
QRD161J-472Y C RESISTOR
R165
QRD161J-472Y C RESISTOR
R166
QRD161J-562Y C RESISTOR
R168
QRD161J-562Y C RESISTOR
R172
QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR
R174
QRE141J-331Y C RESISTOR
L102
LG-616-145G
L124
L127
LG-633-088G
LG-633-088G
LG6140RCC003H COIL/RF
LGTRANSFORMER/
6170RNGW12P SMPS[COIL]
SHT LFSQ2215V404220
22MH TOKO 5MM TP
22MH TOKO 5MM TP
CHOKE COIL 22 UH
8X8 5 PIE SAM
EER2828 15 PIN
SOOJUNG/SAMWHA
LG-636-004C
BEAD CORE
BFS3550R2FD8/R T/P
L128
 T101
BC101
 FR101
PPM01
LG0RF0221K634
LG-6630RBF03M
 PW101
LG-561-292B
 V101
LG-656-004C
FILTER(CIRC)/
DRAWING
COIL/CHOKE
COIL/CHOKE
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
RESISTOR/
VARIABLE[CARBON 2.2 OHM 2 W 5% MF15
FILM]
CONNECTOR
JE121-13 JAE EUN 13P
(CIRC)/BOARD TO
2.54MM
BOARD
CONNECTOR(CIRC)
GP390 LGC 3P 3.96
/DRAWING
STRAIGHT SN
VARISTOR/
SVC681D-10A
DRAWING
SAMHWA 4.O CUT
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
VCR main board
Block No. [0][3]
 Symbol No.
Part No.
A46
LG-3501R9410W
A46
LG-3501R-9410Z BOARD ASSEMBLY
A46
LG-3501R-9410V BOARD ASSEMBLY
A46
LG-3501R-9410X BOARD ASSEMBLY
A46
LG-3501R-9410Y BOARD ASSEMBLY
IC201
IP9005LTF INTERPION
28PIN/SSOP
LGLA71750EM SANYO
IC/LINEAR
0ILNRSA005B
100PIN QFP TRA
LGLA70100M-TRM SANYO
IC/LINEAR
A
0ILNRSA007B
30PIN SOP R
PCM1753DBQR
TEXAS
LG-0IPRPTI064A IC/PERIPHERALS
INSTRUMENT 1
NJM4580M 8/DMP8 TP
NJM4580M-X
IC
OP AMP 2K/R
LGMC4580 UTC 8PIN/SOP
IC/LINEAR
0ILNRUC001A
R/TP 2CH O
LGIC/MICRO
MN101D10FLC1 2ND
0IMCR02041B CONTROLLER
MATSUSHITA 10
LG-0IAL241600B IC/ATMEL
AT24C16 - - - LGCAT24WC16P 8P DIP
IC/CATALYST
0ICS241600B
ST 16K SERIA
KIA7031P 3P 3.1V
LG-0IKE703100A IC/KEC
RESET(TAPING)
KA7531Z TO-92 TP 3.1V
LG-0ISS753100A IC/SAMSUNG
ELECTRONICS
RESET
KIA7042P 3P 4.2V
LG-0IKE704200B IC/KEC
RESET(TAPING)
LGPT6955 PTC 24PIN SOP
IC/LINEAR
0ILNRPY001B
R/TP LED
LGLG5-6955 LED DRIVER
IC/PERIPHERALS
0IPRPG5001B
G-FIVE 24P
LGMT1389FE/CO2-L
IC/LINEAR
0ILNRNF009B
MEDIATEK INCORP
LGHY57V641620HGT-7
IC/MEMORIES
0IMMRHY001E
HYUNDAI 54PIN
LGM12L64164A-7TG
IC/MEMORIES
0IMMREB004D
ESMT 54P TSOPII
IC/SAMSUNG
S524A40X21-SCT0
LG-0ISS240210A ELECTRONICS
SOP8 TP EEPROM
LGIC/POWER
LD1117A-1.8V UTC
0IPMGUC006A MANAGEMENT
TO252 R/TP 1.
MSP3417G-QG-B8-V3
LG-0IIT341700C IC/ITT
44 QFP TRAY
LGSDA5650X GEG A,B,D,
IC/LINEAR
0ILNRMN001B
MICRONAS 20PIN SO
E,F
LGTDA9605H QFP44 BK
IC/PHILIPS
0IPH960500A
HIFI AMP+HIF
MM1231XF MITSUMI
MM1231XF-X
IC/PERIPHERALS
16PIN SOP ST
LGBH7868FS ROHM
IC/PERIPHERALS
0IPRPRH017A
32PIN SSOP R/TP
LG-6957RDVD PROGRAM
PROGRAM
A
796AZ
HV9C3020020 VJ9033
LG-6957RDVD
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
C
796AY
HV963020050 VJ9033
LG-6957RDVD PROGRAM
PROGRAM
796AW
HV9E3020020 VJ9033 B,D
LG-6957RDVD PROGRAM
PROGRAM
E,F
796AX
HV9D3020020 VJ9033
LG356VF4
OPTO
38.0KHZ
SENSOR(REMOTE)
6712R1938HA
19MM(356VF
LGKIT-3001A REEL
SENSOR
6500RAB008A
SENSOR KODENSHI
LGKIT-3001A REEL
SENSOR
6500RAB008A
SENSOR KODENSHI
IC301
IC3S1
IC401
IC402
IC402
or
IC501
IC503
IC503
or
IC504
IC504
 Symbol No.
A50
Part No.
LG-6871R7960D
Part Name
Description
Local
PWB(PCB)
05 COMBI PAL MAIN
ASSEMBLY/TOTAL
KEY TOOL JVC
R5J1
QRE141J-152Y C RESISTOR
R5J2
QRD161J-122
R5J3
QRE141J-152Y C RESISTOR
R5J4
QRD161J-222Y C RESISTOR
R5J5
QRD161J-332Y C RESISTOR
R5J6
QRE141J-123Y C RESISTOR
CN501
LG-6631RE007T
SW507
LG-556-213C
SW508
LG-556-213C
SW509
LG-556-213C
SW510
LG-556-213C
SW511
LG-556-213C
SW512
LG-556-213C
SW513
LG-556-213C
C RESISTOR
CONNECTOR
ASSEMBLY
SWITCH/
DETECTOR
SWITCH/
DETECTOR
SWITCH/
DETECTOR
SWITCH/
DETECTOR
SWITCH/
DETECTOR
SWITCH/
DETECTOR
SWITCH/
DETECTOR
1.5K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
1.2K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
1.5K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
2.2K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
3.3K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
12K OHM 1/6 W 5%
TA26
8283-02/9073-02ST
2PIN 60M/M P
THV10912B TACT DC
12 V 5-0 A V
THV10912B TACT DC
12 V 5-0 A V
THV10912B TACT DC
12 V 5-0 A V
THV10912B TACT DC
12 V 5-0 A V
THV10912B TACT DC
12 V 5-0 A V
THV10912B TACT DC
12 V 5-0 A V
THV10912B TACT DC
12 V 5-0 A V
IC5F1
or
IC603
IC606
IC621
IC751
IC7V1
IC801
IC802
IC903
IC602A
IC602A
IC602A
IC602A
RC501
RS501
RS502
Q201
Q202
Q203
3-10(No.YD070)
or
IC601
IC603
BOARD ASSEMBLY
LG-0ILNRIJ003A IC/LINEAR
IC5F1
Block No. [0][2]
Description
Local
VCR MAIN OF
A
VJ9033QSM NA7BJJ
VCR 05 COMBI PAL
B
MTK VJ9033QP1
VCR 05 COMBI PAL
C
MTK VJ9033QP4
VCR 05 COMBI PAL
D
MTK VJ9033QP1
VCR 05 COMBI PAL
E
MTK VJ9033QP2
VCR 05 COMBI PAL
F
MTK VJ9033QP2
LG-3501R-9412A BOARD ASSEMBLY
IC505
Key board
Part Name
A46
or
LG0TR387509AC
LG0TRRH80042A
LG0TRRH80042A
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
CHIP KTC3875S-GRT1(ALG) TP KE
2SK3018 T106 ROHM
KOREA R/TP U
2SK3018 T106 ROHM
KOREA R/TP U
 Symbol No.
Q204
Part No.
Part Name
TRANSISTOR/
2SA1037K/QR/-X BIPOLARS
Q205
TRANSISTOR/
2SA1037K/QR/-X BIPOLARS
Q302
Q303
Q304
Q305
Q306
Q309
Q311
Q401
Q404
Q405
Q501
Q503
Q503
Q503
Q504
Q505
Q506
Q7S1
Q7S2
Q801
Q802
Q804
Q806
Q807
Q808
Q901
Q902
Q903
Q914
Q917
Q918
Q919
LG0TR150409AC
LG0TR387509AC
LG0TR387509AC
LG0TR150409AC
LG0TR534409AA
LG0TR150409AC
LG0TR534409AA
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
2SA1037K/QR/-X BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR103009AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR103009AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR387509AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR928009AD BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
or LG0TR127709AB BIPOLARS
TRANSISTOR/
LGor 0TR127309AA BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR150409AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR150409AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR387509AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR387509AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR103009AA BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TRKE80067A BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TRKE80067A BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR320509AB BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR103009AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR150409AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR150409AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR150409AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR387509AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR387509AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR387509AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR103009AA BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR103009AC BIPOLARS
LGTRANSISTOR/
0TR103009AA BIPOLARS
Description
Local
2SA1037K-Q CHIP TP
ROHM - 2SA1037K-Q CHIP TP
ROHM - KTA1504 TP KEC - -GRT1(ASG) C
CHIP KTC3875S-GRT1(ALG) TP KE
CHIP KTC3875S-GRT1(ALG) TP KE
KTA1504 TP KEC - -GRT1(ASG) C
2SC5344Y TP AUK - KTA1504 TP KEC - -GRT1(ASG) C
2SC5344Y TP AUK - 2SA1037K-Q CHIP TP
ROHM - KRA103S-T1(PC)22-22
CHIP TP KE
KRA103S-T1(PC)22-22
CHIP TP KE
CHIP KTC3875S-GRT1(ALG) TP KE
KSA928A-Y/TO-92L TP
SAMSUNG TO
AUK KOREA
STB1277LY-AT TP TO-9
KTA1273 TP KEC - - -Y
(KTA966A
KTA1504 TP KEC - -GRT1(ASG) C
KTA1504 TP KEC - -GRT1(ASG) C
CHIP KTC3875S-GRT1(ALG) TP KE
CHIP KTC3875S-GRA
T1(ALG) TP KE
CHIP KRC103SA
T1(NC)22-22 TP KE
KTC3531T KEC R/TP
TSM 20V 1A
KTC3531T KEC R/TP
TSM 20V 1A
KTC3205-TP-Y
(KTC2236A)KEC
KRA103S-T1(PC)22-22
CHIP TP KE
KTA1504 TP KEC - -GR- B,C,D,
T1(ASG) C
E,F
KTA1504 TP KEC - -GR- B,C,D,
T1(ASG) C
E,F
KTA1504 TP KEC - -GRT1(ASG) C
CHIP KTC3875S-GRT1(ALG) TP KE
CHIP KTC3875S-GRT1(ALG) TP KE
CHIP KTC3875S-GRT1(ALG) TP KE
CHIP KRC103ST1(NC)22-22 TP KE
KRA103S-T1(PC)22-22
CHIP TP KE
CHIP KRC103ST1(NC)22-22 TP KE
1SS133 TP ROHM
D301
1SS133-T2
SI DIODE
KOREA - - - - LGD401
DIODE/SWITCHING DAP202K T146 ROHM
0DSRM00118A
R/TP SMD 80V
LGRL104 R. TP GULF
D503
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
0DR104009AB
SEMICONDUCTOR
LGRL104 R. TP GULF
D504
DIODE/RECTIFIERS
0DR104009AB
SEMICONDUCTOR
LGTOS-366AGMGMRMY-B
LED501
LED ASSEMBLY
6301R2U011A
OASIS UNIVER
F3C5-2GWB
LGLED501 or
LED ASSEMBLY
EVERLIGHT
6301R3U011A
UNIVERSAL
LGUZ-5.6BSC 26MM TP
ZD602
DIODE/ZENERS
0DZ562609AB
PYUNG CHANG
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
 Symbol No.
ZD803
Part No.
LG0DZ562609AB
LG0DZ622609AB
LG0DZKE00018A
LG0DZKE00018A
C201
QET61CM-107Z E CAPACITOR
ZD603
ZD801
ZD802
Part Name
DIODE/ZENERS
DIODE/ZENERS
DIODE/ZENERS
DIODE/ZENERS
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C205
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C206
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C208
C212
LG0CH1222K562
LG0CH1332K562
LG0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C213
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
LG0CH1222K562
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CE2274C638
LG0CE2274C638
LG0CE2274C638
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CE2274C638
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CE2274C638
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
C202
C203
C204
C210
C215
C221
C222
C223
C224
C225
C226
C227
C228
C229
C302
QET61CM-226
E CAPACITOR
C303
LG0CH1122K562
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C304
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1102K512
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C305
C306
C307
QETC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR
C309
LG0CQ2231N409
LG0CH4151K412
C310
NDC31HJ-221X C CAPACITOR
C311
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C312
LG0CH1103K512
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C314
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C315
QETC1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR
C316
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C317
C319
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CE1053K638
LG0CH1103K512
C320
QETC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR
C308
C318
CAPACITOR/FIXED
FILM
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
Description
Local
UZ-5.6BSC 26MM TP
PYUNG CHANG
UZ-6.2BSA 26MM TP
PYUNG CHANG
Z02W7.5V KEC R/TP
SOT23 250MW
Z02W7.5V KEC R/TP
SOT23 250MW
100UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
2200PF 50V 10%
X7R(X) 1608 R/T
3300PF 50V 10%
X7R(X) 1608 R/T
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
2200PF 50V 10%
X7R(X) 1608 R/T
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
220UF SRA/SS 6.3V
20% FM5 TP 5
220UF SRA/SS 6.3V
20% FM5 TP 5
220UF SRA/SS 6.3V
20% FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
220UF SRA/SS 6.3V
20% FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
220UF SRA/SS 6.3V
20% FM5 TP 5
22UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
1200PF 50V 10%
X7R(X) 1608 R/T
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
1608 R/T
1000PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.022UF D 100V 5% PE
TP5
150PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
220PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
1608 R/T
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
2.2UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
1608 R/T
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
1608 R/T
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
(No.YD070)3-11
 Symbol No.
C322
Part No.
LG0CH4680K412
LG0CE1063F638
C323
QET61CM-106Z
C324
LG0CE4754K638
C325
QET61CM-106Z
C326
C330
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CE1053K638
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1104K512
C331
QET61CM-226
C333
QET61CM-476
C321
C327
C328
C329
C335
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K512
C336
QET61CM-476
C334
C337
QETC1HM-105Z
C338
LG0CH1473K562
C339
QETC1HM-105Z
C340
LG0CH1473K562
LG0CH1223K942
LG0CH1104K512
LG0CH1473K562
LG0CH4680K412
LG0CH1473K562
C341
C342
C343
C344
C345
C346
QET61CM-476
C347
LG0CE1053K638
C348
QETC1HM-105Z
C349
QET61CM-476
C350
LG0CH1104K512
C351
NDC31HJ-221X
C353
QETC1HM-105Z
C355
LG0CH1104K512
C356
QETC1HM-105Z
C357
QETC1HM-105Z
C358
LG0CH4680K412
C359
QETC1HM-105Z
C360
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1223K942
C361
C362
QET61CM-476
C363
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1104K512
C366
C367
3-12(No.YD070)
Part Name
Description
Local
CAPACITOR/FIXED 68PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED 10UF SRE/SE 16V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 4.7UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.1UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/TP
22UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
47000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
47000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.022UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.1UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED
47000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/
CAPACITOR/FIXED 68PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED
47000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.1UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/TP
220PF 50V 5% NP0
C CAPACITOR
1608 R/TP
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.1UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/TP
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 68PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.022UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.1UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
CERAMIC
1608 R/TP
 Symbol No.
C368
C370
C371
C372
C374
C375
C376
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
Part No.
LG0CH1822K562
LG0CH4820K412
LG0CH4820K412
LG0CH4820K412
LG0CH1104K512
LG0CH1104K512
LG0CH1103K512
Part Name
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C388
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C3S1
C3S2
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1103K562
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C3S3
QETC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR
C3S4
QETC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR
C3S6
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1103K562
C3S7
QETL1HM-474
E CAPACITOR
C3S9
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1103K562
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C3T1
QETL1HM-474
E CAPACITOR
C3T2
C3T3
LG0CQ2222K409
LG0CQ2222K409
CAPACITOR/FIXED
FILM
CAPACITOR/FIXED
FILM
C3T4
QETC1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR
C3T5
LG0CH1103K562
C3T6
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C3T7
LG0CH1103K562
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C3S5
C3S8
C403
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C408
QET61CM-226
E CAPACITOR
C411
QET61CM-226
E CAPACITOR
C406
C407
C412
QET61CM-107Z E CAPACITOR
C413
C419
LG0CH1101K965
LG0CH1101K965
LG0CH1101K965
LG0CH1101K965
LG0CH1104K942
C420
QET61CM-107Z E CAPACITOR
C423
QET61CM-226
C414
C417
C418
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
E CAPACITOR
C424
QET61CM-226
E CAPACITOR
C450
LG0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C499
C501
C502
QET61CM-107Z E CAPACITOR
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CE4764C638
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
Description
Local
8200PF 50V 10%
X7R(X) 1608 R/T
82PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
R/TP
82PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
R/TP
82PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
R/TP
0.1UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
1608 R/TP
0.1UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
1608 R/TP
0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
1608 R/T
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
A
1608 R/T
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
A
1608 R/T
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
A
FM5 TP 5
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
A
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
A
Y5V(F) 1608
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
A
1608 R/T
0.47UF SRA/SS 50V
A
20% FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
A
1608 R/T
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
A
1608 R/T
0.47UF SRA/SS 50V
A
20% FM5 TP 5
2200PF S 50V 5% PE
A
TP5
2200PF S 50V 5% PE
A
TP5
2.2UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
A
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
A
1608 R/T
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
A
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
A
1608 R/T
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
22UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
22UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
100UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
100PF 1608 50V 10%
C0G R/TP
100PF 1608 50V 10%
C0G R/TP
100PF 1608 50V 10%
C0G R/TP
100PF 1608 50V 10%
C0G R/TP
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
100UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
22UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
22UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
100UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
 Symbol No.
C503
Part No.
LG0CH4470K412
C504
QETC1HM-105Z
C505
LG0CE4764C638
LG0CH1223K942
C506
C507
QET61CM-106Z
C508
C510
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1104K942
C511
QETA1CM-336
C509
C513
LG0CH1105F942
LG0CH1102K512
C514
NDC31HJ-270X
C512
C515
NDC31HJ-270X
C520
LG0CH1223K942
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1222K512
LG0CH1102K512
C522
QET61CM-226
C523
QET61CM-226
C516
C517
C518
C524
QET61CM-107Z
C525
LG0CH1105F942
LG0CE4764J638
LG0CE4754K638
LG0CE4754K638
LG0CH1222K512
LG0CH1473H942
LG0CH1333K562
LG0CE4764J638
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1333K562
LG0CH1103K562
C526
C534
C535
C543
C544
C545
C546
C547
C551
C552
C553
C554
C556
C558
C567
C568
C570
C571
C581
C583
C584
NDC31HJ-270X
LG0CH1223K942
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH4150K412
LG0CH4150K412
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1223K942
LG0CH1223K942
Part Name
Description
Local
CAPACITOR/FIXED 47PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 47UF SRA/SS 6.3V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.022UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
33UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000000PF 16V 80%/CERAMIC
20% Y5V(F)
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
27PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
C CAPACITOR
R/TP
27PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
C CAPACITOR
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.022UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
2200PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
22UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
22UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
100UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000000PF 16V 80%/CERAMIC
20% Y5V(F)
CAPACITOR/FIXED 47UF SRA/SS 35V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 4.7UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 4.7UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
2200PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.047UF 25V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.033UF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/
CAPACITOR/FIXED 47UF SRA/SS 35V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.033UF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
27PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
C CAPACITOR
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.022UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 15PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED 15PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.022UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.022UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
 Symbol No.
C5K8
Part No.
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CE1086C638
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH4470K412
C5L1
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C5L2
C5L6
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1102K512
C5R1
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C5R2
LG0CH4681K412
C5S1
NDC31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C601
LG0CH1105D942
LG0CH1105D942
LG0CH1105D942
LG0CH1105D942
LG0CH1105D942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH4331K412
LG0CH1473K942
LG0CH1153K562
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH4331K412
LG0CH1152K562
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
C5B2
C5G2
C5G3
C5L3
C602
C603
C604
C605
C607
C608
C609
C610
C612
C613
C614
C615
C617
C618
C619
C620
C621
C622
C623
C624
C625
C626
C627
C628
C629
C630
C631
C633
Part Name
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C636
NDC31HJ-180X C CAPACITOR
C637
LG0CH4120K412
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
Description
Local
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
1608 R/T
1000000000PF SMS/SG
6.3V 20% F
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
1608 R/T
47PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
R/TP
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
1000PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
1000PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
1000PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
680PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
100PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
1UF 10V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608 R
1UF 10V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608 R
1UF 10V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608 R
1UF 10V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608 R
1UF 10V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608 R
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
330PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
0.047UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 16
0.015UF 50V 10%
X7R(X) 1608 R/
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
330PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
1500PF 50V 10%
X7R(X) 1608 R/T
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
18PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
R/TP
12PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
R/TP
(No.YD070)3-13
 Symbol No.
C640
C641
C643
C646
C649
C651
C652
C653
C654
C655
C657
C658
C659
C660
C661
C662
C663
C664
C665
C667
C668
C669
C670
C671
C673
C674
C675
C676
C677
C678
C679
C683
C684
C685
C686
C687
C695
C698
C6A9
C6B7
C6B9
C6C1
Part No.
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1474H942
LG0CH4391K412
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1473K942
LG0CH1473K942
LG0CH1105D942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1105D942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1102K562
LG0CH4200K412
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1333K562
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1222K562
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
Part Name
Description
Local
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.47UF 25V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 160
CAPACITOR/FIXED
390PF 50V 5% NP0
CERAMIC
1608 R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.047UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.047UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 16
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1UF 10V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608 R
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1UF 10V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608 R
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 20PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.033UF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
2200PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
X7R(X) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
220PF 50V 5% NP0
NDC31HJ-221X C CAPACITOR
1608 R/TP
LGCAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
0CH1104K942 CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
QET61CM-476 E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
QET61CM-476 E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
3-14(No.YD070)
 Symbol No.
C6C2
C6C3
C6C4
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
Part No.
LG0CE2263F638
LG0CE1063F638
LG0CE1063F638
C6C5
QET61CM-476
C6C6
QET61CM-106Z
C6C7
QET61CM-107Z
C6C9
C6D4
C6F7
C6G4
C702
C703
C703
C704
C706
C707
C709
C710
C712
C712
C713
C714
C715
C715
C716
C717
C717
C718
C719
C720
C721
C722
C722
C723
C723
C726
C726
C727
C728
C728
LG0CE2274C638
LG0CE2274C638
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH4330K412
LG0CH4680K412
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CE4754K638
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH4560K412
LG0CH4560K412
LG0CH4050K012
LG0CH4050K172
LG0CH4100K412
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CE4764C638
LG0CE4764C638
LG0CH1392K512
LG0CH1392K512
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K562
LG0CE4764C638
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K562
C729
QETF1HM-335Z
C732
QET61CM-106Z
Part Name
Description
Local
CAPACITOR/FIXED 22UF SRE/SE 16V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 10UF SRE/SE 16V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 10UF SRE/SE 16V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
100UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
220UF SRA/SS 6.3V
ELECTROLYTIC
20% FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
220UF SRA/SS 6.3V
ELECTROLYTIC
20% FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED 470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
A
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) B,C,D,
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
E,F
CAPACITOR/FIXED
1000PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 33PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED 68PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
CERAMIC
Y5V(F) 1608
CAPACITOR/FIXED 4.7UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
A
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) B,C,D,
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
E,F
CAPACITOR/FIXED 56PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED 56PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED
5PF 50V O.25 PF NP0
A
CERAMIC
1608 R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED
5PF 50V 0.5 PF N750 B,C,D,
CERAMIC
1608 R/TP
E,F
CAPACITOR/FIXED 10PF 50V 5% NP0 1608
CERAMIC
R/TP
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
A
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) B,C,D,
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
E,F
CAPACITOR/FIXED 47UF SRA/SS 6.3V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 47UF SRA/SS 6.3V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED
3900PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED
3900PF 50V 10%
CERAMIC
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
A
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) B,C,D,
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
E,F
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
A
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) B,C,D,
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
E,F
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
A
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) B,C,D,
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
E,F
CAPACITOR/FIXED 47UF SRA/SS 6.3V 20%
ELECTROLYTIC
FM5 TP 5
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
A
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
CAPACITOR/FIXED 0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) B,C,D,
CERAMIC
1608 R/T
E,F
3.3UF SRA/SS 50V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
E CAPACITOR
FM5 TP 5
 Symbol No.
C751
C752
C752
Part No.
LG0CE4764C638
LG0CH1103K512
LG0CH1103K562
Part Name
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C7M3
NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR
C7M5
LG0CH1105F942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C7M6
NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR
C7S1
QETA1CM-336
C7S2
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C7V1
C7V2
LG0CE4764C638
LG0CH1103K512
C7V3
QETC1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR
C7V4
C805
LG0CH1473H942
LG0CH1473H942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
C806
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C7V5
C802
C803
C804
C807
C810
C811
E CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
QETL1HM-474
E CAPACITOR
LG0CH1105F942
LG0CH1105F942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C812
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C813
LG0CH1682K512
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C814
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C815
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C816
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C817
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C818
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C819
LG0CH1682K512
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C820
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C821
LG0CH1103K562
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C822
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1103K562
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C823
C824
C825
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C826
LG0CH1103K562
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C828
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C829
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C830
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C831
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C832
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C833
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
Description
Local
47UF SRA/SS 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP)
A
1608 R/T
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X) B,C,D,
1608 R/T
E,F
27PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 B,C,D,
R/TP
E,F
1000000PF 16V 80%/- B,C,D,
20% Y5V(F)
E,F
27PF 50V 5% NP0 1608 B,C,D,
R/TP
E,F
33UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
A
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
A
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 6.3V 20% A,B,D,
FM5 TP 5
E,F
0.01UF 50V 10% B(5YP) A,B,D,
1608 R/T
E,F
1UF SRA/SS 50V 20% A,B,D,
FM5 TP 5
E,F
0.047UF 25V 80%/-20% A,B,D,
Y5V(F) 16
E,F
0.047UF 25V 80%/-20% A,B,D,
Y5V(F) 16
E,F
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.47UF SRA/SS 50V
20% FM5 TP 5
1000000PF 16V 80%/20% Y5V(F)
1000000PF 16V 80%/20% Y5V(F)
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
6800PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
6800PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
1608 R/T
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
1608 R/T
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
1608 R/T
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20% B,C,D,
FM5 TP 5
E,F
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20% B,C,D,
FM5 TP 5
E,F
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20% B,C,D,
FM5 TP 5
E,F
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20% B,C,D,
FM5 TP 5
E,F
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
C850
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C851
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C852
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C853
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C856
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C870
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C871
C884
C885
C887
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C888
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C889
LG0CH1104K942
C890
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C891
LG0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C892
QET61CM-106Z E CAPACITOR
C901
C902
C905
C911
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CH1104K942
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C912
NDC31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C913
NDC31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C916
C938
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CH1102K512
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CE4775C638
LG0CH1103K562
C943
NDC31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C944
NDC31HJ-101X C CAPACITOR
C917
C919
C921
C931
C932
C933
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
C965
LG0CQ3921N449
LG0CQ3921N449
LG0CE1053K638
LG0CE1053K638
LG0CE1053K638
LG0CE1053K638
LG0CE1053K638
C966
QET61CM-476
E CAPACITOR
C967
C970
LG0CH1104K942
LG0CE1053K638
CAPACITOR/FIXED
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
R201
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
C945
C946
C960
C962
C963
C964
CAPACITOR/FIXED
FILM
CAPACITOR/FIXED
FILM
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR/FIXED
ELECTROLYTIC
Description
Local
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
10UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
100PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
100PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
1000PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
1000PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
1000PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
1000PF 50V 10%
B(5YP) 1608 R/T
470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
470UF SR/SV 6.3V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.01UF 50V 10% X7R(X)
1608 R/T
100PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
100PF 50V 5% NP0
1608 R/TP
3900PF D 100V 5% PP
TP5
3900PF D 100V 5% PP
TP5
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
47UF SRA/SS 16V 20%
FM5 TP 5
0.1UF 50V 80%/-20%
Y5V(F) 1608
1UF SRE/SE 50V 20%
FM5 TP 5
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
(No.YD070)3-15
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
R202
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R203
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R204
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R212
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R213
R214
R217
R218
R219
R220
R221
R222
LG0RH0331C622
LG0RH0471C622
LG0RJ7503C677
LG0RJ7503C677
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
LG0RH3903C622
LG0RH3903C622
LG0RH0201D622
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R228
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R230
NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R235
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R237
NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R238
LG0RH2002C622
R239
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R240
LG0RH6802C622
R243
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R244
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R291
LG0RH0201D622
R301
NRSA63J-563X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R302
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R303
LG0RH1802C622
R304
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R305
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R306
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R307
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R308
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R309
NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R310
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R311
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R312
R313
LG0RH6802C622
LG0RH1800C622
R314
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R315
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R316
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R317
NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
R318
LG0RH3901C622
R319
NRSA63J-561X MG RESISTOR
R320
LG0RH1800C622
3-16(No.YD070)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
Description
Local
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
3.3 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
750K OHM 1/16 W 5%
1608 R/TP
750K OHM 1/16 W 5%
1608 R/TP
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
390K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
390K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
2 OHM 1 / 10 W 2012
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
20K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
68K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2 OHM 1 / 10 W 2012
5.00% D
56K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
18K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
68K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
180 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
3.9K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
560 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
180 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
 Symbol No.
R321
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
Part No.
Part Name
NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R322
NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R324
LG0RH3303C622
R325
NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R326
NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R327
NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
R328
LG0RH2700C622
R329
NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR
R330
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R331
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R332
LG0RH4702C622
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R333
NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR
R334
LG0RH2701C622
R335
NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR
R336
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R337
R338
R339
R340
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
NRSA63J-182X MG RESISTOR
LG0RH2700C622
LG0RH2700C622
LG0RH1802C622
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R342
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R343
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R345
NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R347
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R348
LG0RH1504C622
R349
NRSA63J-182X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R350
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R351
LG0RH8203C622
R352
NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R353
NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R356
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R361
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R365
NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R366
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R375
NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R399
LG0RH0000D622
R3S1
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R3S3
LG0RH2204C622
LG0RH4702C622
LG0RH0472C622
LG0RH0472C622
LG0RH0472C622
LG0RH0472C622
R3S4
R401
R402
R403
R404
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
Description
Local
1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
8.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
330K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
12K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
270 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
12K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
47K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
3.3K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
1.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
270 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
270 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
18K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.5M OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
820K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
330 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
330 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 10 W 2012
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
A
5.00% D
2.2M OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
A
5.00% D
47K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
A
5.00% D
47 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
47 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
47 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
47 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
 Symbol No.
R405
R407
R408
R409
R410
R411
R412
R413
R414
R417
R419
R420
R421
R422
R423
R424
R425
R426
R427
R430
R501
R502
R504
R505
R506
R507
R508
R509
R510
R511
R512
R517
R518
R520
R521
R522
R523
R525
R526
R528
R529
R531
Part No.
Part Name
Description
Local
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
470 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
15K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
15K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
330 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
330 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
10 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-100X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
LGRESISTOR/METAL 2.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
0RH2701C622 GLAZED(CHIP)
5.00% D
470 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
LGRESISTOR/METAL 2.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
0RH2701C622 GLAZED(CHIP)
5.00% D
LGRESISTOR/METAL 27K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
0RH2702C622 GLAZED(CHIP)
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
 Symbol No.
R534
R537
R539
Part No.
Part Name
NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR
LG0RH1203C622
LG0RH4703C622
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R542
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R544
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R545
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R546
NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
R547
NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR
R548
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R550
NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R553
NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R555
NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R556
NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R557
LG0RH2702C622
R558
NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R561
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R562
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R563
NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
R564
LG0RH2702C622
R566
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R567
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R568
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R569
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R570
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R575
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R576
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R577
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R578
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R579
NRSA63J-563X MG RESISTOR
R580
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R581
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R582
NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
R583
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R584
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R585
NRSA63J-220X MG RESISTOR
R588
NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR
R592
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R593
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R5B3
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5B4
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5C5
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5C6
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
Description
Local
1M OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
120K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
470K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
12K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
27K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
27K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
56K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
15K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
22 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
(No.YD070)3-17
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
R5C7
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5C9
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5D1
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5D2
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5D3
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5D4
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5D5
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R5G1
LG0RH4702C622
R5G2
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R5G3
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R5G4
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R5K1
NRSA63J-681X MG RESISTOR
R5K2
LG0RH8200C622
R5K3
NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R5K4
NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR
R5K5
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R5K9
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R5R7
NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR
R5R8
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R5S1
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R604
NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R605
NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R606
NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR
R607
NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
R608
NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR
R609
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R610
LG0RH0332C622
R611
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R621
LG0RH0332C622
LG0RH0332C622
LG0RH0332C622
LG0RH0332C622
LG0RH0332C622
LG0RH0332C622
LG0LC11608D01
LG0LC11608D01
R623
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R624
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R625
LG0RH0681C622
R626
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R627
NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR
R628
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R612
R613
R614
R615
R616
R617
R620
3-18(No.YD070)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
INDUCTOR/CHIP
INDUCTOR/CHIP
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
Description
Local
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
47K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
680 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
820 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
330 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
HB-1M1608-121JT
CERATECH R/TP
HB-1M1608-121JT
CERATECH R/TP
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
6.8 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
15K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
 Symbol No.
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
Part No.
Part Name
R629
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R630
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R631
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R632
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R659
NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR
R666
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R671
LG0RJ7503C677
R683
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R684
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R685
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R699
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R6D1
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R6D2
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R6E1
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R6E2
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R6E3
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R6E4
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R6H4
LG0RH2001C622
R705
NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R706
NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R707
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R710
NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR
R711
NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR
R712
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R713
NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR
R715
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R716
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R717
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R718
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R7M1
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R7M2
NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R7M4
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R7M5
NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR
R7S1
NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R7V2
LG0RH4703C622
LG0RH9102C622
R7V3
NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR
R7V4
LG0RH5603C622
R7V5
NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR
R7V6
LG0RH5603C622
R7V7
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R7V8
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R7V1
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
Description
Local
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
750K OHM 1/16 W 5%
1608 R/TP
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
3.3K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
3.3K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
5.6K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
220 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
22K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
A
5.00% D
470K OHM 1 / 16 W A,B,D,
1608 5.00% D
E,F
91K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 A,B,D,
5.00% D
E,F
6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 A,B,D,
5.00% D
E,F
560K OHM 1 / 16 W A,B,D,
1608 5.00% D
E,F
6.8K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 A,B,D,
5.00% D
E,F
560K OHM 1 / 16 W A,B,D,
1608 5.00% D
E,F
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 A,B,D,
5.00% D
E,F
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 A,B,D,
5.00% D
E,F
 Symbol No.
R7V9
Part No.
Part Name
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R806
LG0RH3304C622
LG0RH3302C622
LG0RH2701C622
LG0RH3902C622
LG0RH2701C622
LG0RH3302C622
R807
NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR
R801
R802
R803
R804
R805
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R808
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R809
LG0RH1802C622
R810
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R811
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R812
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R821
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R822
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R823
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R824
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R825
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R826
NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR
R834
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R835
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R836
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R837
NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR
R841
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R850
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R851
LG0RH3302C622
R852
NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
R853
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R854
LG0RH3302C622
R855
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R856
NRSA63J-822X MG RESISTOR
R857
NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR
R858
NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR
R859
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R863
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R864
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R867
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R868
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R875
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R876
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R881
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R882
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
Description
Local
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 A,B,D,
5.00% D
E,F
3.3M OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
39K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
33K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
470 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
18K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
2.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100K OHM 1 / 16 W
1608 5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
33K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
8.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
33K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
8.2K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
3.3K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
3.3K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
5.00% D
E,F
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
 Symbol No.
Part No.
Part Name
R891
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R892
LG0RH3901C622
R893
NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR
R899
LG0RH3901C622
R901
NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR
R902
NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR
R903
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R904
NRSA63J-561X MG RESISTOR
R905
NRSA63J-561X MG RESISTOR
R906
NRSA63J-561X MG RESISTOR
R907
NRSA63J-561X MG RESISTOR
R908
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R909
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R910
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R913
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R914
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R915
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R916
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
R919
NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR
R920
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R921
NRSA63J-111X MG RESISTOR
R927
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R928
NRSA63J-151X MG RESISTOR
R929
NRSA63J-151X MG RESISTOR
R933
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R934
NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR
R962
LG0RH1500C422
LG0RH1500C422
LG0RH1500C422
LG0RH1500C422
LG0RH1500C422
R970
R972
R974
R975
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
Description
Local
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
3.9K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
4.7K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
3.9K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
12K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
10K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
560 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
560 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
560 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
560 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
100 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
110 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
75 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
1.00% D
150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
1.00% D
150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
1.00% D
150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
1.00% D
150 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
1.00% D
1K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
820 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
5.00% D
R998
NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR
R999
LG0RH8200C622
RESISTOR/METAL
GLAZED(CHIP)
LG0LR0102J025
LG6200HJC102A
LG0LR0102J025
LG6200HJC102A
LG0LCCE00004E
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
LG0LR0102J0N5
LG0LR0102J0N5
INDUCTOR/RADIAL
10UH 5% TP 4 X 5 TR5 LEAD
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
INDUCTOR/RADIAL 10UH 5% TP 4 X 5 TR5 LEAD
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
INDUCTOR/RADIAL
10UH
5%
TP 3X5 TR5 LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL 10UH 5% TP 3X5 TR5 LEAD
L201
L202
L203
L204
L205
L206
L207
L301
L303
(No.YD070)3-19
 Symbol No.
L304
L305
L307
L308
L3S1
L401
L503
L504
L505
L5F1
L5F2
L5G2
L5V1
L601
L603
L604
L605
L609
L610
L611
L701
L702
L704
L705
L7V1
L801
L802
L901
L902
L903
L904
L905
L906
L907
L908
L909
L910
L911
L912
L913
L916
L917
Part No.
LG0LR0102J0N5
LG0LR1000K035
LG0LR0102J0N5
LG0LR0392K035
LG0LR0102K035
LG6200HJC102A
LG0LR1000J0N5
LG0LR0102J0N5
LG0LR0122K035
LG0LA1000K018
LG0LA1000K018
LG0LR4700K035
LG0LR0102J0N5
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
LG0LR1000K035
LG0LR0102K035
LG0LR0102K035
LG0LR0102K035
LG0LR1000K035
LG0LR1000K035
LG0LR1000K035
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004L
LG0LCCE00004L
LG0LCCE00004L
LG0LCCE00004E
LG0LCCE00004E
3-20(No.YD070)
Part Name
Description
Local
INDUCTOR/RADIAL
10UH
5%
TP
3X5
TR5
LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL
100UH 10% TP 6 X 6
LEAD
TR5 INDUCTOR/RADIAL 10UH 5% TP 3X5 TR5 LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL 39UH 10% TP 6 X 6 TR5
LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL 10UH 10% TP 6 X 6 TR5
A
LEAD
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
INDUCTOR/RADIAL
100UH
5%
TP 3X5 TR5 LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL
10UH 5% TP 3X5 TR5 LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL 12UH 10% TP 6 X 6 TR5
LEAD
INDUCTOR/AXIAL 100UH 10% TP 2.3 X 3.4
LEAD
TA26 INDUCTOR/AXIAL 100UH 10% TP 2.3 X 3.4
LEAD
TA26 INDUCTOR/RADIAL
470UH 10% TP 6 X 6
LEAD
TR5 INDUCTOR/RADIAL
10UH
5%
TP
3X5
TR5
LEAD
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
INDUCTOR/RADIAL
100UH 10% TP 6 X 6
LEAD
TR5 INDUCTOR/RADIAL 10UH 10% TP 6 X 6 TR5
LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL 10UH 10% TP 6 X 6 TR5
LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL 10UH 10% TP 6 X 6 TR5
LEAD
INDUCTOR/RADIAL
100UH 10% TP 6 X 6
LEAD
TR5 INDUCTOR/RADIAL
100UH 10% TP 6 X 6
LEAD
TR5 INDUCTOR/RADIAL
100UH 10% TP 6 X 6
LEAD
TR5 FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
1UH / CHIP2012
INDUCTOR/CHIP
CERATECH R/TP
1UH / CHIP2012
INDUCTOR/CHIP
CERATECH R/TP
1UH / CHIP2012
INDUCTOR/CHIP
CERATECH R/TP
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
FI-C2012-103KJT
INDUCTOR/CHIP
(10UH) CERATEC
 Symbol No.
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
Part No.
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
LG6200HJC102A
Part Name
BC91
LG-636-004C
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
BC92
LG-636-004C
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CN202
LG-6630RFB10W
LG-6630RFB10K
CN605
LG6630B60E913
CONNECTOR
(CIRC)/FFC/FPC
CONNECTOR
(CIRC)/FFC/FPC
CONNECTOR
(CIRC)/BOARD TO
BOARD
CONNECTOR
(CIRC)/WAFER
L920
L921
L922
CN201
CN608
CS501
ES501
ES502
F600
J333
J503
J701
J701
J702
J702
J801
J8H1
J8H2
J8H3
J8H4
JK5L1
JK902
LD501
MS501
P3D01
P3D02
P3D03
PMC01
SC901
SW501
SW502
SW503
SW504
SW505
TU701
TU701
X301
Description
Local
HB-1M2012-102JT
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
HB-1M2012-102JT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
CERATECH TP
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
BEAD CORE
BFS3550R2FD8/R T/P
BEAD CORE
BFS3550R2FD8/R T/P
00-6232-023-006-800
ELCO 23PIN
00-6232-011-006-800
ELCO 11P 1
JE117-D22T-13 JAE
EUN 13P 2.54
MA V 8283-0212 WH
ELCO
LGMPU12970MLB0 VCR
SWITCH/PUSH
6600M000026
CST IN S/W MI
LG-4931RHOLDER
VCR DECK/MECHA
0085C
ASSEMBLY
END(S)
LG-4931RHOLDER
VCR DECK/MECHA
0085C
ASSEMBLY
END(S)
LGLFA20-2A1E473MT
FILTER(CIRC)/EMC
6200JB8010V
MITSUBISHI MAT
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
A
5.00% D
1.5K
OHM
1
/
16
W
1608
B,C,D,
NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
E,F
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
A
5.00% D
1.5K OHM 1 / 16 W 1608 B,C,D,
NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
E,F
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
0 OHM 1 / 16 W 1608
NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR
5.00% D
DPAE-0385 DOOWON
LG-6612J00053A JACK/RCA
RGB 2004 CO
ATT-10dB YUQIU RCALG-6612J00050F JACK/RCA
910A-05-01
LG-4931RHOLDER
VCR DECK/MECHA
0089C
ASSEMBLY
END(S)
LGSSS-51MD-3 SHINMEI
SWITCH/MODE
6600JR3002D
5VDC 1MA D3
CONNECTOR
GF120-9S-TS-A LG
LG-561-234S
(CIRC)/FFC/FPC
CABLE 9P 1.25
LGCONNECTOR(CIRC) 06(11)FM22.5H-BTR-SH
6630R5S008J /DRAWING
(LF)(SN)
CONNECTOR(CIRC)
LG-561-251B
GB201-2P-TS-B(LGC)
/DRAWING
CONNECTOR
LGJE612-A2T-12A JAE
(CIRC)/BOARD TO
6630BK01612 BOARD
EUN 12P 2.0M
LGJACK/SCART
DSAM-0341 DOOWON
6612M00006A
SWITCH/
THV10912B TACT DC
LG-556-213C
DETECTOR
12 V 5-0 A V
SWITCH/
THV10912B TACT DC
LG-556-213C
DETECTOR
12 V 5-0 A V
SWITCH/
THV10912B TACT DC
LG-556-213C
DETECTOR
12 V 5-0 A V
SWITCH/
THV10912B TACT DC
LG-556-213C
DETECTOR
12 V 5-0 A V
SWITCH/
THV10912B TACT DC
LG-556-213C
DETECTOR
12 V 5-0 A V
LGTADM-S101D(SECAM/
TUNER
A
6700PFPL07A
LGIT) LG INOT
LGTADM-M101D(GKI/ B,C,D,
6700PFPL07F TUNER
LGIT) LG INOTEK
E,F
LGRESONATOR/
HC-49S CSC/KITELCO
6212AA2443Z CRYSTAL
4.433619MHZ
LG-561-036A
 Symbol No.
X501
X502
X601
X751
Part No.
LG6212AA2143F
LG-6202RDA01B
LG-6202RBL06C
LG-529-021Q
Part Name
RESONATOR/
CRYSTAL
RESONATOR/
CRYSTAL
RESONATOR/
CRYSTAL
RESONATOR/
CRYSTAL
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
Description
Local
HC-49U KYUNGIL
14.31818MHZ +/CFS-308 CITIZEN
32.768KHZ +/HC-49/S BUBANG
27MHZ 20PPM 15
49U BUBANG
18432000HZ 30PPM 16
(No.YD070)3-21
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
MODEL
MARK
HR-XV45SEF
A
HR-XV45SER
C
HR-XV45SEY
E
HR-XV45SEK
B
HR-XV45SEU
D
HR-XV45SEZ
F
Packing materials and accessories parts list
The instruction manual to be provided with this product will differ according to the destination.
Block No. M4MM
821 CABLE/COAXIAL(SCART)
OPTIONAL PARTS
810 CABLE ASSEMBLY
806 CABLE/COAXIAL(RF)
811 CABLE/COAXIAL(1WAY)
808 BATTERY
812 CABLE/COAXIAL(2WAY)
REMOTE CONTROLLER
900 ASSEMBLY
801 INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
803 PACKING
803 PACKING
802 BOX
Packing and accessories
Block No. [M][4][M][M]
 Symbol No.
801
801
801
801
801
801
802
802
802
802
803
806
808
810
810
811
812
821
900
3-22(No.YD070)
Part No.
LG-3835RV0038B
LG-3835RV0038A
LG-3835RV0038D
LG-3835RV0038F
LG-3835RV0038E
LG-3835RV0038C
LG-3890R-C299X
LG-3890R-C299Y
LG-3890R-C299Z
LG-3890R-C317B
LG-3920R-E168A
LG-6850R-CAA2H
LG-6851R-0054B
LG-6851R-0055B
LG-6850R-PAA2F
LG-6850R-PBA2H
LG-6850R-SUA2F
LG-6711R1P081F
Part Name
Description
INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
BOX
BOX
BOX
BOX
PACKING
CABLE/COAXIAL
BATTERY/MANGANESE
CABLE ASSEMBLY
CABLE ASSEMBLY
CABLE/COAXIAL
CABLE/COAXIAL
CABLE/COAXIAL
REMOTE CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY
Local
VCR VJ9033QP1M.NA7BJJ JVC GER/
VCR VJ9033QP1M.NA3GJJ JVC GER/
VCR VJ9033QP4M.NA3RJJ JVC RUSS
VCR VJ9033QP1M.NA3GJJ JVC GER/
VCR VJ9033QP2M.NA8SJJ JVC DEN/
VCR VJ9033QP2M.NA8PJJ JVC POL/
VJ9033QSM NA7BJJ SWW3-A
VJ9033QP2M NA8SJJ SWW3-A
VJ9033QP4M NA3RJJ SWW3-A
VJ9033QP2M NA8SJJ SWW3-A
VCR COMBIV9 130 COMBI
RF PAL DOUBLE SHIELD DT_HY_HIT
AAAM(R03) SEOTONG 1-5 V - 1PA
PAL RF 1.2M FREE OF CD_PB_HG H
PAL RF 1.2M + 1WAY YELLOW 1.2M
1 WAY COAXIAL DT_HY_HIT_SEIL
2 WAY COAXIAL RED_WHITE DT_HY_
SCART TO SCART 21 PIN DT_HY_HI
N6 VJ9033P1Z NA3GJJ JVC W/SHOW
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
C
D,E,F
A
B,C,D,E,F
B,C,D,E,F
B,C,D,E,F
A,B